Skip to main content

Full text of "Taxation and regulation of banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions : report to the 1985 General Assembly of North Carolina"

See other formats



^P-PD/MoC/L5x4vV1985/pt-  1133          i 
North    Carolina.     Legislative 
Research    Comrri  i  ss  i  on . 

ReoortSn 

DATE 

ISSUED   TO 1 

NOT  TO  BE  REMOVED 
FROM 


UNC  LAW  LIBRARY 

^^^D  /  'McC  /  L5  1  4v-  /  -  ■::Jo:;;  /  i-  -  -  ^-  -■  ■■ 
North  Carolina.  Legislative 
Research  Comr." i ss i on. 


LEGISLATIVE 
RESEARCH  COMMISSION 

TAXATION  AND  REGULATION  OF 

BANKS,  SAVINGS  AND  LOAN 

ASSOCIATIONS,  AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 


fv^*i!^^^'''., 


REPORT  TO  THE 

1985  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY 

OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


JAN   25  1965 


INSTITUTE  C 
UNIVERSITY  Cr 


A  LIMITED  NUMBER  OF  COPIES  OF  THIS  REPORT  IS  AVAILABLE 
FOR  DISTRIBUTION  THROUGH  THE  LEGISLATIVE  LIBRARY: 


ROOM  2126,2226 
STATE  LEGISLATIVE  BUILDING 
RALEIGH,  NORTH  CAROLINA   27611 
TELEPHONE:    (919)  733-7778 


OR 


ROOM  500 

LEGISLATIVE  OFFICE  BUILDING 
RALEIGH,  NORTH  CAROLINA   27611 
TELEPHONE:    (919)  733-9390 


STATE  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 
LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  COMMISSION 

STATE    LEGISLATIVE    BUILDING 
RALEIGH    27611 


December  15,  1984 


TO  THE  MEMBERS  OF  THE  19  85  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY 


The  1985  Legislative  Research  Commission  herewith  reports 
to  the  General  Assembly  on  the  matter  of  the  taxation  and 
regulation  of  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations  and  credit 
unions.   The  report  is  made  pursuant  to  Chapter  905  of  the  1983 
General  Assembly  (1983  Sessions)  and  Section  3  of  Chapter  1113 
of  the  1983  General  Assembly  (Regular  Session,  1984) . 

This  report  was  prepared  by  the  Legislative  Research 
Commission's  Committee  on  the  Taxation  and  Regulation  of  Banks, 
Savings  and  Loan  Associations  and  Credit  Unions  and  is  trans- 
mitted by  the  Legislative  Research  Commission  for  your  consid- 
eration. 

Respectfully  submitted, 
Liston  B.  Ramsey       ^  W.  Craig  L^ing         n 


Cochairmen 
Legislative  Research  Commission 


LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  COMMISSION 


Senator  W.  Craig  Lawing,  Cochairman 

Senator  William  N.  Martin 

Senator  Helen  R.  Marvin 

Senator  William  W.  Staton 

Senator  Joseph  E.  Thomas 

Senator  Russell  Walker 


Representative  Liston  B.  Ramsey,  Cochairman 
Representative  Christopher  S.  Barker,  Jr. 
Representative  John  T.  Church 
Representative  Bruce  Ethridge 
Representative  John  J.  Hunt 
Representative  Margaret  Tennille 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

Letter   of   Transmitted] i 

LetjisJ  ci  tivo    Ri-;:earch   Coinniis.pion   Membership ii 

PREFACE    1 

COMMITTEE  PROCEEDINGS  3 

1.  State  Regulation  of  Financial  Institutions  Generally   4 

A.  Potential  State  Regulation  of  "Cash  Management  7 
Accounts" 

B.  Mutual  Deposit  Guarantee  Associations  9 

C.  Regulation  of  Bank  Holding  Companies  10 

2.  State  Taxation  of  Financial  Institutions  and  their    11 
Depositors 

FINDINGS  AND  RECOMMENDATIONS 17 

1.  Intangibles  Tax  17 

2.  Regulation  of  Bank  Holding  Companies  18 

APPENDICES 

Authorizing  Legislation  A-1 

Chapter  905  of  the  1983  Session  Laws 
(Regular  Session,  1984) 
Senate  Joint  Resolution  381 A-2 

Comnittee  Membership  B 

Chapter  1113  of  the  1983  Session  Laws C 

(Regular  Session,  1984) 

Interstate  Regional  Reciprocal  Banking  and 
Bank  Holding  Company  Act 

Chapter  1087  of  the  1983  Session  Laws D 

(Regular  Session,  1984) 

Interstate  merger  and  acquisition  of  Savings  and 
Loans  and  on  a  Reciprocal  Basis  Permitted 

Regulatory  Structure  of  Financial  Institutions E 

Mr.  C.  C.  Hope,  Secretary  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce 

History  of  State  Bank  Supervision  in  North  Carolina F 

Mr.  James  Currie,  Commissioner  of  Banks 

History  and  Jurisdiction  of  Credit  Union  Commission G 

Mr.  Roy  D.  High,  Administrator  of  Credit  Unions 


Savings  and  Loan  Commission's  Procedure H 

and  Jurisdiction 

Mr.  George  S.  King,  the  Administrator  of  the  Savings 
and  Loan  Division 

North  Carolina  Bankers  Association  Statement I 

Mr.  John  R.  Jordan 

North  Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions 

Statement J 

Mr.  Gordon  P.  Allen 

North  Carolina  Credit  Union  League  Statement K 

Mr.  Ruffin  Bailey 
Memoranda  on  Mutual  Fund  Regulation  and  the  Cash 
Management  Account  Device  L 

Mr.  Daniel  Bell,  Security  Administrator 

Survey  of  States  on  Regulation  of  the  CMA  Device M 

Mr.  Randall  E.  Schuckmann,  North  American  Securities 
Administrator  Association,  Inc. 

Investment  Company  Institute  Memoranda N 

Mr.  Henry  A.  Mitchell 

Investment  Company  Institute  Statement  on  Regulating 
Money  Market  Funds O 

Mr.  Matthew  P.  Fink 

Financial  Institutions  Assurance  Corporation 

Statement  P 

Mr.  Donald  R.  Beason 

State  Taxation  of  Financial  Institution  Statement  Q 

Mr  Mark  Lynch,  Commissioner  of  Revenue 

Brief  History  of  the  Taxation  of  Banks  and  Savings R 

and  Loan  Associations — Mr.  Lynch 

Differences  in  North  Carolina  Tax  Treatment  of  Banks....  S 
and  Savings  and  Loan  Associations  as  of  January  1,  1984 — 
Mr.  Lynch 

Comparative  Analysis  of  North  Carolina  Tax  Collections..  T 
from  Banks  and  Savings  and  Loans  for  the  Years 
Indicated — Mr.  Lynch 

Intangibles  Tax  Collected  from  Depositors  on  Money  on...  U 
Deposit — Mr.  Lynch 

Statement  on  State  Taxation  of  Types  of  Financial 
Institutions V 

Mr.  B.  E.  Dail,  Director  of  Tax  Research  Division  of 
the  Department  of  Revenue 


Comparison  of  State  Taxes  Imposed  by  Banks,  Savings W 

and  Loan  Associations,  and  Credit  Unions — Mr.  Dail 

Comparison  of  Taxes  Imposed  by  States  and  Local X 

Governments  on  Intangible  Property--Mr .  Dail 

States  Not  Taxing  Intangible  Personal  Property Y 

—Mr.  Dail 

Taxation  of  Tangible  Personal  Property  of  Banks, AA 

Savings  and  Loan  Associations  and  Credit  Unions — 
Mr.  Dail 

Analysis  of  Total  or  Partial  Repeal  of  the  BB 

Intangibles  Tax — Mr.  Dail 


The  Legislative  Research  Commission,  authorized  by  Article 
6B  of  Chapter  120  of  the  General  Statutes,  is  a  general  purpose 
study  group.   The  Commission  is  co-chaired  by  the  Speaker  of 
the  House  and  the  President  Pro  Tempore  of  the  Senate  and  has 
five  additional  members  appointed  from  each  house  of  the 
General  Assembly.   Among  the  Commission's  duties  is  that  of 
making  or  causing  to  be  made,  upon  the  direction  of  the  General 
Assembly,  "such  studies  of  and  investigation  into  governmental 
agencies  and  institutions  and  matters  of  public  policy  as  will 
aid  the  General  Assembly  in  performing  its  duties  in  the  most 
efficient  and  effective  manner"  (G.S.  120-30.17(1)). 

At  the  direction  of  the  1983  General  Assembly,  the  Legis- 
lative Research  Commission  has  undertaken  studies  of  numerous 
subjects.   These  studies  were  grouped  into  broad  categories  and 
each  member  of  the  Commission  was  given  responsibility  for  one 
category  ol  study.   The  co-chairmen  of  the  Legislative  Research 
Commission,  under  the  authority  of  General  Statute  120-30.10 (b) 
and  (c) ,  appointed  committees  consisting  of  members  of  the 
General  Assembly  and  the  public  to  conduct  the  studies. 
Co-chairmen,  one  from  each  house  of  the  General  Assembly,  were 
designated  for  each  committee. 

The  study  of  the  taxation  and  regulation  of  banks,  savings 
and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions  was  authorized  by 
Section  1(28)  of  Chapter  905  of  the  1983  Session  Laws  (1983 
Sessions) .   That  act  states  that  the  Commission  may  consider 
Senate  Joint  Resolution  381  in  determining  the  nature,  scope 

1 


and  aspects  of  the  study.   Section  1  of  Senate  Joint  Resolution 
381  reads:   "The  General  Assembly  hereby  directs  the  Legisla- 
tive Research  Commission  to  conduct  a  study  of  the  present 
regulations  and  tax  levies  applicable  to  commercial  banks, 
savings  and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions."   Relevant 
portions  of  Chapter  905  and  Senate  Joint  Resolution  381  are 
included  in  Appendix  A. 

The  Legislative  Research  Conunission  grouped  this  study  in 
its  Finance  area  under  the  direction  of  Senator  William  W. 
Staton.   The  Committee  was  chaired  by  Representative  Ed  N. 
Warren  and  Senator  James  H.  Edwards.   The  full  membership  of 
the  Committee  is  listed  in  Appendix  B  of  this  report. 

The  19B4  Regular  Session  of  the  General  Assembly  in 
passing  an  earlier  Comjtiittee  proposal,  the  Interstate  Regional 
Reciprocal  Banking  Act,  specified  that  the  Committee  in 
addition  study  and  report  to  the  1985  Session  of  the  General 
Assembly  on  the  extent  of  authority  beyond  that  conferred  on 
the  Commissioner  of  Banks  by  that  Act  relating  to  acquisitions 
of  North  Carolina  banks  or  bank  holding  companies  by 
out-of-state  regional  bank  holding  companies  (Section  3  of 
Chapter  1113)  of  the  1983  Session  Laws  (1984  Regular  Session). 
Chapter  1113  is  included  as  Appendix  C. 


COMMITTEE  PROCEEDINGS 


The  first  part  of  the  Committee's  study  consisted  of 
obtaining  information  on  the  taxation  and  regulation  of  the 
financial  industry  in  general  and  in  reviewing  and  passing  upon 
the  interstate  regulation  of  certain  segments  of  the  financial 
industry. 

The  Committee  during  the  first  half  of  1984  devoted  most 
of  its  time  to  this  latter  issue.   The  Committee  by  its  Report 
to  the  1984  Session  of  the  1983  General  Assemhily  recommended 
three  pieces  of  legislation.   Copies  of  that  Report  with  the 
recommended  legislation  in  its  appendices  are  available  from 
the  Legislative  Library. 

The  first  piece  of  legislation,  dealing  interstate  region- 
al reciprocal  banking,  recommended  to  the  1984  Session 
v;as  introduced  as  Senate  Bill  706.   During  the  legislative 
process  that  bill  was  amended  to  provide  for  registration  of 
bank  holding  companies  in  North  Carolina.   Senate  Bill  706  was 
ratified  as  Chapter  1113  of  the  1983  Session  Laws  {Regular 
Session,  1984)  and  is  attached  as  Appendix  C.   The  second  piece 
of  recommended  legislation  permitting  interstate  regional 
mergers  and  acquisitions  of  savings  and  loan  associations  and 
their  holding  companies  was  introduced  as  Senate  Bill  807  and 
v;as  ratified  Chapter  1037  of  the  1983  Session  Laws  (Regular 
Session  1984)  and  is  attached  as  Appendix  D.   The  last  piece  of 
legislation  recommended  by  the  Committee  deals  with  late  fees 


on  consumer  loans  and  was  introduced  as  Senate  Bill  789  but  was 
not  ratified.  Senator  James  H.  Edwards  was  the  primary  sponsor 
ot  all  of  the  recommended  legislation. 

During  the  later  part  of  1984  the  Committee  returned  its 
attention  to  the  general  issue  of  the  regulation  and  taxation 
of  financial  institutions  within  the  State.  Specifically  the 
Committee  investigated  the  need  for  State  regulation  of  asset 
management  accounts,  and  alleged  inequitable  tax  treatment  of 
the  different  types  of  the  financial  institutions  operating  in 
the  State. 

1 .   State  Regulation  of  Financial  Institutions  Generally 

The  Committee  at  the  outset  of  its  deliberations  decided  to 
obtain  an  overview  of  the  state  regulation  of  financial  insti- 
tutions.  The  Committee  asked  the  state  regulatory  authorities 
of  these  institutions  to  present  the  Committee  relating  to 
their  present  powers  of  regulation  and  anticipated  need  for 
future  regulatory  authority  and  their  belief  a.s  to  whether  the 
supervision  of  the  three  types  of  financial  institutions  ought 
to  bo  consolidated  in  one  state  agency. 

Mr.  C.  C.  Hope,  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Com- 
merce, presented  a  chart  (Appendix  E)  showing  for  the  three 
types  of  institutions  both  for  state  and  federally-chartered 
institutions:   the  regulatory  structure,  regulatory  powers, 
association  powers,  deposit  insurance  and  taxation.   Mr.  Hope 
opined  that  the  time  may  come  when  consolidation  of  state 


agencies  regulating  financial  institutions  should  occur  but 
that  before  that  is  done  an  extensive  study  be  undertaken  as  to 
the  effect  of  a  consolidation  on  consumers  as  wfll  as  financial 
institutions. 

Mr.  James  Currie,  the  Commissioner  of  Banks,  presented  n 
brief  history  of  state  bank  supervision  in  this  State  (attached 
as  Appendix  F) ,   He  indicated  that  the  state-chartered  banks 
are  in  good  financial  condition.   He  argued  for  a  state  bank 
holding  company  statute  (see  the  Report  of  the  Committee  to  the 
1984  Regular  Session  of  the  General  Assembly) . 

Mr.  Roy  D.  High,  Administrator  of  Credit  Unions,  outlined 
the  history  and  jurisdiction  of  Credit  Union  Commission  and  the 
number,  size  and  types  of  credit  unions  his  division  supervis- 
es.  Mr.  High's  remarks  are  attached  as  Appendix  G. 

Mr.  George  S.  King,  the  Administrator  of  the  Savings  and 
Loan  Division,  sketched  the  Savings  and  Loan  Commission  operat- 
ing procedure  and  jurisdiction  and  indicated  that  savings  and 
loan  associations  are  still  gearing  their  investments  and 
business  to  real  estate  lending  (Appendix  H) . 

Representatives  from  the  financial  industries  being 
regulated,  also  were  asked  to  present  their  positions  on 
whether  there  should  be  consolidation  of  state  regulatory 
authority  of  these  institutions;  whether  there  are  state 
statutes  and  regulatory  provisions  resulting  in  inequitable 
treatment  of  the  different  types  of  financial  institutions  and 
whether  they  sliould  be  changed  and  whether  there  are  inequities 


in  tho  Rt-nt^r  taxation  of  differont  typos  of  finaiu-inl 
institutions  and  how  these  inequities  should  be  remedied. 

Mr,  John  R.  Jordan  representing  the  North  Carolina  Bankers 
Association  stated  that  the  Association  had  not  taken  a 
position  on  the  issue  of  consolidation  but  counselled  caution 
citing  the  changes  sweeping  the  finance  industry  (see  Appfiidix 
I)  .   His  comments  with  regard  to  equities  in  treatment  are  set 
forth  below  in  the  part  of  this  report  dealing  with  Taxation. 

Mr.  Paul  H.  Stock  read  the  presentation  of  Mr.  Gordon  P. 
Allen,  the  legislative  agent  for  the  North  Carolina  Leaguf  of 
Savings  Institutions  (see  Appendix  J).   Mr.  Stock  traced  recent 
state  and  federal  legislation  affecting  savings  and  loan 
associations.   He  stated  his  association's  position  that  the 
present  regulatory  structure  in  adequate  and  efficient  based  on 
the  differing  functions  of  the  three  types  of  financial  insti- 
tutions and  its  opposition  to  consolidation  of  the  state's 
financial  regulators. 

Mr.  Ruffin  Bailey  representing  the  North  Carolina  Credit 
Union  League  stated  that  association's  opposition  to  stan- 
dardization of  regulation  of  the  types  of  financial  insti- 
tutions.  He  set  forth  the  historical,  the  legal  and  structural 
uniqueness  of  credit  unions  as  a  financial  institution.   He 
emphasized  that  credit  unions  \/ere  born  of  a  real  need  of 
people  of  average  means  to  obtain  credit  for  consumer  goods  and 
that  they  are  non-profit,  member-owned  cooperative  financial 
institutions.    Mr.  Bailey's  statement  is  contained  in  Appendix 
K. 


A.  Potential  State  Regulation  of 
"Cash  Management  Accounts" 

At  the  first  meeting,  the  Honorable  Harlan  E.  Doyles,  the 
State  Treasurer,  suggested  that  the  Committee  should  look  into 
the  need  for  State  regulation  of  all  entities  receiving  public 
deposits,  specifically  money  market  funds  and  cash  management 
accounts . 

A  cash  management  account  is  a  device  sponsored  by 
brokerage  houses  by  which  cash  deposits  are  accepted  from 
clients  and  deposited  in  money  market  funds  and  orders  of 
withdrawal  from  clients  are  honored.   The  largest  of  these 
devices  is  the  Cash  Management  Account  program  (CMA)  sponsored 
by  Merrill,  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  and  Smith,  Inc. 

Upon  the  invitation  of  the  Committee,  Mr.  Daniel  Bell  III, 
Deputy  Securities  Administrator  in  the  Department  of  Secretary 
of  State  appeared  at  the  Committee's  second  meeting.   Mr.  Bell 
provided  the  Coirmittee  with  two  memoranda  attached  as  Appendix 
L  giving  a  comprehensive  overview  of  the  history  of  security 
regulation  by  North  Carolina  and  of  the  status  of  mutual  funds 
under  North  Carolina  and  federal  law;  and  an  explanation  of  the 
CMA  device.   He  explained  the  position  of  his  office  regarding 
further  State  regulation  of  these  devices.   In  brief  his 
position  was  that  these  devices  are  adequately  regulated  now, 


thai  for  North  Carolina  to  regulate  further  these  df:vices 
would,  in  effect,  prohibit  the  sale  of  these  devices  in  this 
State  to  the  detriment  of  the  public  of  this  State  and  that  the 
problems  with  these  devices  perceived  by  competing  financial 
institutions  are  best  addressed  by  Congress  as  a  national 
policy  rather  than  by  the  individual  States. 

The  Committee  directed  its  staff  to  poll  the  states  to 
determine  whether  there  was  any  legislation,  administrative 
rules  or  proceedings  or  court  cases  in  their  jurisdictions 
regarding  the  cash  management  account  device.   The  poll  was 
conducted  under  the  auspices  and  with  the  aid  of  the  North 
American  Securities'  Administrators  Association,  Inc.   Of  the 
24  States  responding  to  the  questionnaire,  none  was  aware  of 
any  state  activity  in  regard  to  enacted  legislation,  adminis- 
trative rules  or  proceedings  or  court  cases  regarding  cash 
management  accounts.   Appendix  M  contains  the  analysis  of  the 
responses  to  the  questionnaire. 

The  Committee  also  received  a  memorandum  (attached  as 
Appendix  N)  from  Mr.  Henry  A.  Mitchell,  Jr.  representing  the 
Investment  Company  Institute  who  argued  that  state  regulation 
oi  these  devicf>s  is  of  dubious  constitutionality,  would  make 
these  funds  unavailable  to  North  Carolina  investors  and  is 
conceptually  unsound.   Mr.  Matthew  P.  Fink,  Senior  Vice 
President  and  General  Counsel  of  the  Investment  Company 
Institute  appeared  before  the  Committee  at  its  October  1,  1984, 
meeting  and  indicated  that  legislation  regulating  money  market 
funds  had  been  considered  in  over  twenty  states  and  been 


enacted  in  none.   He  anjued  th.Tt  there  was  no  need  for  any 
additional  requlation  of  money  market-  funds.   Mr.  Fink's 
written  remarks  are  attached  as  Appendix  O. 

B.   Mutual  Deposit  Guarantee  Associations 

In  view  of  the  recent  experience  of  financial  institutions 
surety  companies  in  a  sister  state,  the  Committee  invited  Mr. 
Donald  R.  Beason,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of 
the  Financial  Institutions  (FIAC)  Assurance  Corporation,  to 
appear  before  the  Committee. 

The  FIAC  is  the  sole  North  Carolina  state-chartered 
corporation  (G.S.  54B-236  et.  seq.)  which  is  authorized  to 
guarantee  deposits  in  banks,  savings  and  loan  association  and 
credit  unions.   Mr.  Beason  was  asked  to  speak  to  the  specific 
internal  safeguards  and  the  specific  external  rules  imposed  on 
his  corporation  which  protect  deposits  in  North  Carolina 
financial  institutions  insured  by  FIAC;  reasons  for  the  recent 
collapse  of  certain  financial  institutions  in  Nebraska;  and  a 
statistical  analysis  comparing  the  financial  statu?,  of  FIAC  and 
its  federal  equivalent,  the  Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Insurance 
Corporation.   Mr.  Beason  distributed  notebooks  to  Committee 
members  containing  his  presentation  and  supporting  materials  a 
copy  of  which  is  available  for  inspection  in  the  State  Legisla- 
tive Library. 


Mr.  Beason  said  that,  since  its  beginning  in  1967,  FIAC 
has  grown  from  insuring  $50  million  in  deposits  to  nearly  $2.8 
billion.   FIAC  insures  34  state-chartered  savings  and  loan 
associations  and  25  credit  unions.   Internally,  FIAC  guarantees 
the  safety  of  deposits  by  imposing  strict  oversight  and  diag- 
nostic reviews  over  its  member  institutions.   Mr.  Beason 
indicated  that  his  corporation  is  regulated  by  the  State 
Department  of  Commerce  and  is  examined  by  a  combination  of 
savings  and  loan  association  and  credit  union  examiners  from 
that  Department.   He  assured  the  Committee  that  FIAC  will  not 
enter  into  operations  in  any  state  until  it  is  assured,  among 
other  matters,  of  the  adequacy  of  that  state's  regulatory 
process . 

Mr.  Beason  analysed  the  difficulties  encountered  with 
Commonwealth  Savings  Company  and  its  insurer  the  Nebraska 
Guaranty  Corporation  which  lead  to  their  failures.   He 
indicated  that  the  Nebraska  Guaranty  Corporation  was  not  "more 
than  a  fund  of  money  with  no  professional  risk  management 
capabilities  or  powers."   He  stated  that  he  believed  that  the 
situation  which  developed  in  Nebraska  could  not  occur  under  the 
FIAC  system. 

He  also  provided  a  detailed  comparison  of  FIAC  and  FSLIC. 
Mr.  Season's  oral  presentation  is  contained  in  Appendix  P,  and 
a  notebook  containing  his  supporting  materials  is  available  for 
inspection  in  the  Legislative  Library. 

C.   Regulation  of  Bank  Holding  Companies 


10 


Mr.  James  Currie,  the  Commissioner  of  Banks,  in  discussing 
the  effect  of  the  passage  of  interstate  reciprocal  banking 
legislation  in  other  states  in  the  Southeast  indicated  that 
those  states  have  broader  authority  to  investigate  bank  holding 
companies  coming  into  those  states  than  he  has  for  other 
states'  bank  holding  companies  coming  into  North  Carolina.   He 
stated  that  their  lack  of  compatible  authority  does  present 
slight  problems  in  the  uniformity  of  administration. 

Mr.  Currie  presented  to  the  Committee  an  outline  of  the 
authority  of  other  states  in  the  Southeast  Region  over  North 
Carolina  bank  holding  companies  in  regional  reciprocal 
interstate  transactions,  (see  Appendix  Q) . 

2.   State  Taxation  of  Financial  Institutions 
and  Their  Depositors 

One  of  the  main  thrusts  of  the  original  legislation. 
Senate  Joint  Resolution  381,  Section  1  (Appendix  A)  was  to 
study  the  "tax  levies  applicable  to  commerical  banks,  savings 
and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions." 

The  Committee  invited  various  state  officials  and 
representatives  of  private  industry  and  local  government  to 
give  their  views  on  whether  there  are  inequities  in  the  state 
taxation  of  the  various  types  of  financial  institutions  and  how 
these  inequities  should  be  remedied. 

Mr.  Mark  Lynch,  the  Secretary  of  Revenue,  distributed  to 
the  Committee  a  copy  of  his  written  remarks  (see  Appendix  R) 
the  following  four  self-explanatory  charts  regarding  state 
taxation  of  banks  and  savings  and  loan  association: 


11 


Brief  History  of  the  Taxation  of  Banks  and 
Savings  and  Loan  Associations  (see  Appendix  S) 

Differences  in  North  Carolina  Tax  Treatment  of 
Banks  and  Savings  and  Loan  Associations  as  of 
January  1,  1984  (see  Appendix  T) 

Comparative  Analysis  of  North  Carolina  Tax 
Collections  from  Banks  and  Savings  and  Loans  for 
the  Years  Indicated  (see  Appendix  U) ;  and 

Intangibles  Tax  Collected  From  Depositors  on 
Money  on  Deposit  (see  Appendix  V) 

Mr.  Lynch  indicated  that  credit  unions  are  not  included  on 
these  charts  because  these  financial  institutions  are  not 
subject  to  income,  franchise  or  intangible  taxes.   He  also 
declined  to  opine  as  to  whether  or  not  inequities  of  taxation 
exist  stating  that  he  believed  it  to  be  inappropriate  for  a 
Secretary  of  Revenue  to  do  so. 

Mr.  John  Jordan,  legislative  agent  for  the  North  Carolina 
Bankers  Association,  said  that  the  state  taxation  of  financial 
institutions  have  been  reviewed  and  amended  continuously  since 
the  1969  Session  of  the  General  Assembly.   He  indicated  that 
inequities  in  the  taxation  of  the  income  of  banks  have  been 
corrected  and  these  corrections  should  not  be  disturbed.   He 
further  stated  that  tax  inequities  between  the  types  of 


12 


financial  institutions  still  exist  and  cited  the  intangibles 
tax  which  is  imposed  on  customers  of  banks  but  not  on  those  of 
savings  and  loans  or  of  credit  unions.   His  remarks  are  found 
as  Appendix  I. 

Mr.  James  M.  Culberson,  Jr.,  President  of  First  National 
Bank  of  Randolph  County,  also  spoke  for  the  North  Carolina 
Bankers'  Association.   He  urged  the  repeal  of  the  intangibles 
tax  citing  among  his  other  beliefs  that  the  tax  is  antiquated 
and  is  not  imposed  on  many  new  types  of  investments  and  that 
the  tax  is  not  applied  on  a  uniform  basis  in  that  credit  unions 
and  savings  and  loan  associations  are  exempt. 

Gordon  P.  Allen  and  Paul  H.  Stock  representing  the  North 
Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions,  acknowledged  the 
existence  of  differences  in  the  tax  treatment  of  various  types 
of  financial  institutions  but  deferred  to  the  General  Assembly 
the  question  as  to  whether  or  not  these  differences  were 
inequitable  (The  statements  appear  in  Appendix  J) . 

Mr.  Ruffin  Bailey,  the  legislative  agent  for  the  North 
Carolina  Credit  Union  League  stated  that  association's  oppo- 
sition to  changes  in  the  present  tax  treatment  of  credit 
unions.   He  defended  the  differences  in  the  state  tax  treatment 
of  credit  unions  verses  the  other  types  of  in-state  financial 
institutions  citing  specific  reasons  for  each  difference.   Mr. 
Bailey's  statement  is  contained  in  Appendix  K. 

The  Honorable  Harlan  Boyles,  the  State  Treasurer,  in  his 
remarks  before  the  Committee  recommended  the  repeal  of  the 
intangibles  tax  to  place  all  financial  institutions  on  an  equal 


13 


footing.   He  suggested  the  General  Fund  would  btiu'lji.  from  the 
repeal.   General  Fund  revenues  could  then,  be  argued,  be  used 
to  replace  the  revenues  lost  to  cities  and  counties  by  the 
repeal. 

The  Committee  requested  of  the  Revenue  Department  informa- 
tion regarding  taxes  imposed  by  each  state  on  banks,  savings 
and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions  and  analysis  of  the 
effect  of  total  or  partial  repeal  of  the  intangibles  tax. 

Mr.  B.  E.  Dail,  Director  of  the  Tax  Research  Division  of 
the  Department  of  Revenue,  presented  to  the  Committee  an 
explanation  (Appendix  W)  and  the  following  tables: 

Comparison  of  State  Taxes  Imposed  by  Banks, 
Savings  and  Loan  Associations,  and  Credit 
Unions  (Appendix  X) ; 

Comparison  of  Taxes  Imposed  by  States  and  Local 
Governments  on  Intangible  Property  (Appendix  Y) ; 

States  Not  Taxing  Intangible  Personal  Property 
(Appendix  Z)  ;  and 

Taxation  of  Tangible  Personal  Property  of  Banks, 
Savings  and  Loan  Associations  and  Credit  Unions 
(Appendix  AA) . 

He  indicated  that  there  is  much  variation  in  the  way  the  states 
tax  financial  institutions. 

14 


On  the  issue  of  total  or  partial  repeal  of  the  intangibles 
tax,  Mr.  Dail  said  that  $60,616,000  was  collected  by  the 
intangibles  tax  during  the  1982-1983  fiscal  year,  of  which 
local  governments  received  93.3  percent.   Of  that  amount  $12.3 
million  is  the  amount  of  intangibles  tax  paid  on  money  on 
deposit  by  all  taxpayers  including  corporations,  less  the  tax 
credits  allowed  to  corporations  on  their  franchise  taxes.   Mr. 
Dail  analysed  the  impact  on  state  tax  revenues,  local  govern- 
ment revenues,  industrial  development  and  in-migration  of 
retired  persons  if  the  intangibles  tax  were  repealed.   He 
concluded  that  replacement  revenues  would  be  needed  to  offset 
the  loss  of  intangible  tax  revenues,  that  under  the  remaining 
present  tax  structure  these  revenues  would  not  likely  develop 
in  a  short  time  period  and  that  it  is  questionable  whether 
repeal  of  the  their  tax  would  have  the  necessary  dramatic 
effect  on  industrial  development  or  on  in-migration  of  retirees 
to  develop  large  additional  state  revenues.   Mr.  Dail's  analy- 
sis is  contained  in  Appendix  BB. 

Mr.  C.  Ronald  Aycock,  Executive  Director  of  the  North 
Carolina  Association  of  County  Commissioners'  set  forth  the 
position  of  that  Association  in  a  letter,  dated  November  9, 
1984,  to  Senator  Edwards  in  these  words: 

"The  Association  does  not  support  the  repeal  of  the 
intangibles  tax.   If  the  tax  is  repealed,  county  government 
should  be  held  harmless  from  any  revenue  loss." 


15 


The  Coimtiittee  also  was  briefed  by  the  staff  of  the  I-egis- 
lative  Research  Commission's  Committee  on  Revenue  Laws  which  is 
also  investigating  changes  to  the  intangibles  tax. 

During  the  period  of  the  Committee's  life  the  General 
Assembly  in  its  1984  Regular  Session  considered  a  bill,  Senate 
Bill  750 — introduced  by  Senator  W.  Craig  Lawing  of  Mecklenburg 
County,  which  would  have  phased  out  the  intangibles  tax  over  a 
five-year  period  and  would  have  provided  local  governments  with 
partial  compensation  for  the  resulting  revenue  loss.   Senate 
Bill  750  failed  to  pass  when  the  Senate  refused  to  appoint  a 
conference  committee. 


16 


FINDINGS  AND  RECOMMENDATIONS 

The  Committee  on  the  Taxation  and  Regulation  of  Banks,  Savings 
and  Loans  and  Credit  Unions  makes  the  following  findings  and 
recommends  the  following  actions  to  the  1985  General  Assembly: 

1.   Intangibles  Tax 
A.   Findings 

(1)  The  public  policy  of  the  State  is  to  reduce  its  citizen's 
tax  burden,  insofar  as  possible,  but  not  so  as  to  endanger 
providing  needed  public  services. 

(2)  The  costs  and  difficulties  of  collecting  the  intangible 
tax  on  money  on  deposit  and  money  on  hand  are  an  onerous  and 
costly  imposition  by  the  State  on  banks  and  other  corporations. 

(3)  Money  on  deposit  in  banks  is  subject  to  the  intangibles 
tax  whereas  money  on  deposit  in  credit  unions  and  savings  and 
loan  associations  is  not.   Banks  are  therefor  at  a  comparative 
disadvantage  with  the  State's  other  financial  institutions  in 
attracting  and  retaining  depositors. 

(4)  The  intangibles  tax  on  funds  on  deposit  with  insurance 
companies  (G.S.  105-205)  produces  little  tax  and  like  the  tax 
on  money  on  deposit  is  returned  to  the  local  governments  on  the 
basis  of  population. 

(5)  North  Carolina's  intangibles  tax  places  this  State  at  a 
comparative  disadvantage  with  other  states  not  imposing  this 


tax  in  attracting  new  industry  and  those  individuals  dependent 
on  earnings  from  invested  income. 

if))       The  repeal  of  the  taxes  on  these  types  of  intangible 
personal  property  would  lead  to  increased  economic  growth, 
immigration  of  retirees  to  North  Carolina,  and  for  certain 
individuals  who  maintain  residences  in  North  Carolina  and  other 
states,  the  establishment  of  their  official  residence  in  North 
Carolina. 

B.   Recommendations 

(1)  That  legislation  be  enacted  to  repeal  the  intangibles  tax 
on  money  on  deposit  (G.S.  105-199  and  G.S.  105-205),  and  money 
on  hand  (G.S.  105-200),  effective  for  tax  years  beginning  on  or 
after  January  1,  1985. 

(2)  That  the  1985  General  Assembly  coordinate  the  replacement 
of  revenue  loss  to  local  governments  resulting  from  the  recom- 
mended repeal  of  tax  on  these  types  of  intangible  personal 
property. 


2.   Regulation  of  Bank  Holding  Companies 
A.   Findings 

(1)   The  financial  services  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  and 
sweeping  change  both  in  North  Carolina  and  nationally. 


18 


(2)  A  need  exists  for  the  State  of  North  Carolina  to  be  aware 
of  and  involved  in  the  continuing  development  of  the  financial 
services  industry  operating  within  her  borders  and  affecting 
the  economic  well-being  of  her  citizens. 

(3)  Under  the  legislation  enacted  by  the  1984  General  Assembly 
relating  to  interstate  regional  reciprocal  banking  and  regis- 
tration of  bank  holding  companies.  North  Carolina  state  regula- 
tors do  not  have  the  authority  for  a  continuing  supervision  of 
regional  out-of-state  bank  holding  companies  acquiring  North 
Carolina  banks  or  bank  holding  companies  while  other  Southeast- 
ern states  have  been  given  that  authority  to  their  regulators 
with  respect  to  North  Carolina  bank  holding  companies  acquiring 
their  in-state  banks  or  bank  holding  companies. 

(4)  The  state  bank  regulators  of  North  Carolina  need  the 
continuing  supervisory  and  examination  authority  over  bank 
holding  companies  afforded  other  Southeastern  states'  bank 
regulators  to  assure  the  continuing  viability  of  North  Carolina 
banking  and  to  cooperate  with  other  states  bank  regulators  in 
an  efficient  and  effective  administration  of  the  interstate 
regional  reciprocal  banking  legislation. 

B.   Recommendation 

That  the  House  and  Senate  Banking  Committees  of  the  1985 
General  Assembly  study  the  enactment  of  legislation  to  vest  in 
the  Commissioner  of  Banks  power  to  regulate  bank  holding 
companies,  to  approve  acquisitions  of  North  Carolina  banks  by 


19 


all  bank  holding  companies  operating  in  this  State;  and  to 
examine  and  require  reports  of  those  bank  holding  companies, 


20 


APPENDIX    A 
"    B    1142  CHAPTER  906 

AN  Arr  AIITHOHIZINU  STUDIES  BY  THK  LKUISLATIVF  HKSKA|«H 
SpTialZ^T  ^L™''  COMMISSION  ON  (iVuRKN^WT 

The  Genenil  Assembly  oC North  Carulin:,  enacLs: 

Section  1.  Tlie  LxKislative  lU'starch  ('omniksion  may  study  ll.c  lonirs 
Lsted  below.  Listed  w,lh  each  top.c  >s  the  198J  bill  or  resolution  that  on  „,,. lly 
proposed  the  study  and  the  name  ol  the  sponsor  The  Comtnis,sion  tn  ,y  ,  on.  idei 
the  or'K-ud  b.ll  or  resolution  n,  deternun.ng  the  nature,  scope  and  aspects  ol 
the  study.  The  topics  are:  ' 


(28)  Regulation  amJ  Ta^afon  of  Banks.  Savmgs  and  lx.ans  and  Cred.t 
Unions  (S.J.R.  381    Edwards  of  Caldwell) 


Sec.  6.  For  each  of  the  topics  the  Legislative  Researih  Commission 
decides  to  study,  the  Commis.sion  may  report  its  linding.s,  together  with  any 
recommended  legislation,  to  the  19H4  Session  of  the  General  As.sembly  or  to  th- 
1985  General  As.sembly,  or  the  Commission  may  make  an  interim  report  to  the 
1984  Session  and  a  final  report  to  the  1985  General  Assembly. 


Sec.  13.  Bills  and  Resolution  References.  The  listing  of  the  original  bill 
or  resolution  in  this  act  is  for  referen.x^  purposes  ..nly  and  shall  not  be  deemed 
to  have  incorporated  by  reference  any  of  the  substantive  provisions  contained 
in  the  original  bill  or  resolution 

Se<  .   14.    This  act  is  effective  upon  ratification. 
July  'l9«!i'  '^'""''"'  '^^'"'''■''  '*''"'  '*"■''''  """^  ""<*  ratified,  this  the  21st  day  of 


A-1 


APPENDIX  A 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLV  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 
SESSION   1983 

SENATE    JOINT    RESOLUTION    3R 1 


Sponsors:  Senator   Edwards   of    Caldwell. 

M§f§rred_toi B.ulss_and_OBeration_of_the_  Senate^ 

April    in,     1^83 

1  A       JOINT    RESOLUTION    DIRECTING    THE    LEGISLATIVE    RESEARCH    C0M1ISST0K 

2  TO    STUDY    PRESENT    SYSTEM    OF    REGULATION    AND       TAXATION       OF       BANKS, 

3  SAVINGS    AND    LOANS    AND    CREDIT    UNIONS. 

'1  Whereas,       the      members      of      the      North       Carolina    General 

5  Assembly   are   keenly   aware   of    changes    currently    taking    place      with 

6  regard      to      the      operational    and   organizational    strategies   of   the 
1  various    financial    institutions    in    North    Carolina;    and 

8  Whereas,    the    laws    enacted    which    deal    with    regulation    and 

9  taxation  are  not  uniformly  applicable  to  commercial  banks, 
^^  savings  and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions,  as  dramatically 
^^   illustrated    as    follows: 

STATE    AND    LOCAL    TAXES    LEVIED    ON    BANKS, 


12 

^3  SAVINGS    AND    LOAN       ASSOCIATIONS, 

^''  AND    CREDIT    UNIONS 

i§llK§  Savings         Credit 

&    Loans        Unions 


17 


I-   Franchise  Tax 


General  business  franchise 

I  9 

G.S.     105-122  Taxable      Taxable         Exempt 

20 


($1.50    per    'K1,000    tax    base) 
A-2 


GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA  SESSION   1983 

1  II.       Cor£grate    Income   Tax 

2  G-S.     105-130  Tdxah]"      Tax?»ble         Exempt 

3  6%    of    State    taxable    income 
h      III.       Intan£ibles    Tax    (Paid    bj 

5  the    institutions) 

6  Honey    on    Deposit 

7  G.S.     105-199  Exempt         Taxable         Exempt 

8  (100   per    $100.00) 
Money    on    Hand 

G.S.     105-200  Taxable      Taxable        Exempt 

(25jzf   per    $100.00) 
Accounts    Receivable 

G.S.     105-201  Taxable      Exempt  Exempt 

(250   per    $100.00) 
Notes    Receivable,    etc. 

G.S.     105-202  Taxable      Exempt  Exempt 

(250    per    $100.00) 
Shares   of    Stock 
G.S.     105-203  Taxable      Exempt  Exempt 

IV.       Intanciibles    Tax     (Paid 
by    depositors) 
Money    on    Deposit 

(100   per    $100.00)  Taxable      Exempt  Exempt 

V-       I;i2§n§§   Tax 

ftnnual    privilege  tax 

G.S.     105-102.3  Taxable      Exempt  Exempt 

($30.  00    per    $^,  000,  000 
of    average   total    assets) 


Senate    Joint    Resolution    38  1 
A-3 


GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA SESSION    1983 

1  VI.       Sales   and    Use    Tax  Taxable      Taxable         Taxable 

2  VII-       Ad    Valorem    Tax  'i.,x  .'ile      Taxable         Taxable 

3  Whereas,       the      General    Assembly    has   crt-att-fl     md    providr-'" 
li  for    separate   and    autonomous      regulatory      bodies      in      the      Bankinn 

5  Commission,       the    Savings    and    Loan    Commission    and    the    Credit    rrnion 

6  Commission,       all      with      separate         and         express  jurisdictional 

7  responsibilities      none      of      which      have      an       overall    authority    to 

8  develop    a    State    policy    for   regulation    and    taxation; 

9  Whereas,       the      public      interest      dictates   the    need    for    a 

10  legislative    review    of    the   entire      industry,       with      emphasis      upon 

11  regulation    and    taxation;       Now,    therefore, 

12  Be    it    resolved    by    the    Senate,    the    House    of    'Representatives 

13  concurring: 

lli  Section       1.         The      General      Assembly       hereby    directs    the 

15  Legislative    Research    Commission    to   conduct    a    study    of    the    present 

16  regulations      and      tax      levies      applicable      to      commercial      banks, 

17  savings    and    loan    associations    and    credit    unions. 

18  Sec.       2.         The      Legislative      Research      (Commission      shall 

19  report    its    findings,    together    with    any      recommended      legislation, 

20  to    the    1984    Session    of    the    General    Assembly    or    the   Commission    may 

21  make   an    interim    report   to    the    '[^BH    Session    and    a    final    report      to 

22  the    1985    General    Assembly. 

23  Sec-    3.       This   resolution    is    effective    upon    ratification. 
2h 

25 
2  b 
27 
28 


Senate    Joint    Re.'-.olution     181 

A- 


APPENDIX    B 

MEMBI'IRSIIIP 
BANKS,     SAVINGS    &    LOANS    STUDY    COMMITTEE 


Senator    James   H,    Edwards 

Cochairman 

420    7th   Avenue,    S.W. 

Hickory,    NC    28601 

Tel.    704-328-6405 


Rep.    Edward    N.    Warren 

Cochairman 

401   W.    First   Street 

Greenville,    NC    27834 

Tel.    919-758-1543 


Senator    Dallas    L.    Alford,    Jr. 

Box    229 

Rocky  Mount,  NC  2  7801 

Tel.  919-442-4696 


Rep.  Harold  J.Brubaker 
138  Scarboro  Street 
Asheboro,  NC  27203 
Tel.  919-629-5128 


Senator  Harold  W.  Hardison 
P.  O.  Box  128 
Deep  Run,  NC  28525 
Tel.  919-568-3131 


Rep.  Charles  D.  Evans 
P.  O.  Box  189 
Manteo,  NC  27954 
Tel.  919-473-2171 


Senator  Joseph  E.  Johnson 

Box  750 

Raleigh,  NC  27602 

Tel.  919-833-9789 


Rep.  John  C.  Hasty 
1181  W.  Sanders  Street 
Maxton,  NC  28364 
Tel.  919-844-5257 


Senator  Kenneth  C.  Royall,  Jr 
P.  0.  Box  8766 
Forest  Hills  Station 
Durham,  NC  27707 
Tel.  919-489-9191 


Rep.  Wendell  H.  Murphy 
P.  0.  Box  759 
Rose  Hill,  NC  28458 
Tel.  919-289-2111 


Senator  William  Staton 
205  Courtland  Drive 
Sanford,  NC  27330 
Tel.  919-775-5616 


B-1 


APPENDIX   C 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 

1983   SESSION  (REGULAR  SESSION,  1984) 

RATIFIED  BILL 


CH&PTEB    1113 
SENATE    BILL    706 
AN       ACT      TO       PEEHIT       INTERSTATE       BANKING       IN       NORTH    CAROLINA    ON    A 
RECIPROCAL    BASIS    AND    TO    PROVIDE    FOR    THE      REGISTRATION      OF      BANK 
HOLDING    COHPANIES. 

Hhereas,  banking  organizations  play  a  vital  role  in  the 
development  and  growth  of  a  viable  local  and  regional  econoay; 
and 

Whereas,  it  is  anticipated  that  bankinq  services  in 
North  Carolina  will  be  iaproved  and  coapetition  enhanced  by  the 
developaent  in  the  southeastern  region  of  the  United  States  of 
bank  holding  conpanies  that  are  sufficient  in  size  to  compete 
effectively  with  the  largest  banking  organizations  in  the  Onited 
States   in    all   areas   of    banking:    and 

ihereas,  it  is  also  anticipated  that  econoaic  growth  in 
North  Carolina  will  be  stimulated  and  aided  by  the  development  of 
such  bank  holding  coapanies  in  the  southeastern  region  of  the 
Onited   States;    and 

Whereas,  it  is  desirable,  at  the  same  tiae,  to  place 
certain  liaitations  on  the  development  of  bank  holding  coapanies 
serving  North  Carolina  in  order  to  prevent  undue  concentrations 
of  economic  resources  and  a  lessening  of  competition  as  a  result 
thereof;    and 

Whereas,  a  number  of  the  United  States,  including  states 
located  in  the  southeastern  region  of  the  Onited  States  and 
contiguous  to  North  Carolina,  have  already  authorized  soae  fora 
of   interstate    banking;    and 

Whereas,  it  is  desirable  to  encourage  other  states 
located  in  the  southeastern  region  of  the  Onited  States  to  pernit 
the  acquisition  of  their  banks  and  bank  holding  coapanies  by  bank 
holding  companies  principally  located  in  North  Carolina  in  order 
to  further  the  developaent  of  bank  holding  companies  in  the 
southeastern   region   of    the   Onited    States;    and 

Whereas,  federal  law  permits  each  of  the  Onited  States 
to  determine  the  extent  to  which  bank  holding  companies  may 
engage   in   interstate   banking   within  its    borders;    and 

Hhereas,  it  is  in  the  best  interest  of  North  Carolina 
and  its  citizens  to  establish  legislation  to  permit  acquisition, 
on  a  reciprocal  basis,  of  North  Carolina  banks  and  bank  holding 
companies  by  bank  holding  companies  principally  located  in  other 
states  in  the  southeastern  region  of  the  Onited  States,  subject 
to  the  supervision  and  regulation  of  the  North  Carolina 
Commissioner  of  Banks;  Now,  therefore. 
The  General   Assembly   of   North  Carolina   enacts: 

Section  1.  .  Chapter  53  o  f  the  General  Statutes  of  North 
Carolina  is   amended   to   add  two   new    Articles   as   follows: 

"ARTICLE    17. 

"North  Carolina  Regional   Reciprocal    Banking    Act.  . 
"*      53-209.         Title. — This      Article     shall      be   known   and    may    be 
cited  as   the    North   Carolina   Regional   Reciprocal    Banking    Act. 

C-1 


"§  53-210.  Definitions. — Notwithstanding  any  other  section  of 
this  Chapter,    for   the    purposes  of    this   Article: 

(1)  'Acquire'    neans: 

a.  the  nerger  or  consolidation  of  one  bank  holding 
company    with   another    bank    holding    company; 

b.  the  acquisition  by  a  bank  holding  company  of  direct 
or  indirect  ownership  or  control  of  voting  shares 
of  another  bank  holding  coapany  or  a  bank,  if, 
after  such  acquisition,  the  bank  holding  company 
making  the  acquisition  will  directly  or  indirectly 
own  or  control  more  than  five  percent  (5%)  of  any 
class  of  voting  shares  of  the  other  bank  holding 
company    or   the   bank; 

c.  the   direct   or   indirect   acquisition   by    a   bank   holding 

company   of   all   or    substantially   all   of      the      assets 
of    another    bank   holding    company    or    of    a    bank;    or 

d.  any  other  action  that  would  result  in  direct  or 
indirect  control  by  a  bank  holding  company  of 
another    bank   holding   company    or    a    bank. 

(2)  'Bank'  means  any  'insured  bank'  as  such  term  is  defined  in 
Section  3(h)  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  (12  U.S.C. 
18  13(h))  or  any  institution  eligible  to  become  an  'insured  bank' 
as    such   term   is   defined   therein,    which,    in    either   event, 

a.  accepts  deposits  that  the  depositor  has  a  legal 
right   to   withdraw    on   demand;    and 

b.  engages   in  the   business   of    making   commercial    loans. 

(3)  'Banking   office'    means   the    principal    office   of   a    bank,    any 

branch  of  a  bank,  any  teller's  window  of  a  bank  or  any 
other  office  at  which  a  bank  accepts  deposits: 
Provided,    however,    that    'banking   office'    shall   not    mean: 

a.  unmanned  automatic  teller  machines,  point  of  sale 
terminals  or  other  similar  unmanned  electronic 
banking  facilities  at  which  deposits  may  be 
accepted ; 

b.  offices    located   outside    the    United    States;    or 

c.  loan  production  offices,  representative  offices  or 
other   offices   at    which    deposits   are   not    accepted. 

(4)  'Bank      holding      company'       has      the      meaning      set    forth    in 

Section  2(a)(1)  of  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956 
as    amended    (12   0.  S.  C.     1841(a)  (1)). 

(5)  'Commissioner'       means      the      Commissioner   of    Banks   of   this 

State. 

(6)  'Control'    has    the    meaning    set    forth    in    Section    2(a)(2)     of 

the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956  as  amended  (12 
U.S.C.     1841  (a)  (2)  ). 

(7)  'Deposits'       means    all   demand,    time,    and    savings    deposits, 

without  regard  to  the  location  of  the  depositor: 
Provided,  however,  that  'deposits'  shall  not  include  any 
deposits  by  banks.  For  purposes  of  this  Article, 
determination  of  deposits  shall  be  made  with  reference 
to  regulatory  reports  of  condition  or  similar  reports 
made      by   or    to  state  and    federal    regulatory    authorities. 

(8)  'North   Carolina   bank'    means   a    bank    that: 

a.  is  organized  under  the  laws  of  this  State  or  of  the 
United    States;    and 


SenatP    Bill    706 


C-2 


b.  has  banking  offices  located  only  in  this  State. 

(9)  'North  Carolina  bank  holding  company*  means  a  bank  holding 

company : 

a.  that  has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  this 
State; 

^'  the        North        Carolina        bank      and      regional      bank 

subsidiaries  of  which  hold  more  than  eighty  percent 
(80%)  of  the  total  deposits  held  by  all  of  its  bank 
subsidiaries,        other        than        bank  subsidiaries 

controlled  by  it  in  accordance  with  G.S.  53-2  12  of 
this    Article;    and 

c.  that  is  not  controlled  by  a  bank  holding  company 
other    than    a    North   Carolina    bank    holding    company. 

(10)  'Principal  place  of  business*  of  a  bank  holding  company 
means  the  state  in  which  the  total  deposits  held  by  the 
banking  offices  of  the  bank  holding  company's  bank 
subsidiaries    are    the    largest. 

(11)  'fiegion'  means  the  states  of  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Florida, 
Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Maryland,  Mississippi, 
North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Virginia  and 
iest    Virginia,   and    the    District   of   Columbia. 

(12)  'Regional    bank'    means   a    bank   that: 

a.  is  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  or 
of  one  of  the  states  in  the  region  other  than  North 
Carolina;    and 

b.  has  banking  offices  located  only  in  states  within 
the   region. 

(13)  'Regional  bank  holding  company'  means  a  bank  holding 
company : 

a.  that  has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  a  state 
within   the    region    other    than    North   Carolina; 

b.  the  regional  bank  and  North  Carolina  bank 
subsidiaries   of   which    hold    more    than   eighty    percent 

(8  0%)  of  the  total  deposits  held  by  all  of  its  bank 
subsidiaries,        other        than        bank  subsidiaries 

controlled  by  it  in  accordance  with  G.S.  53-2  12  of 
this    Article; 

c.  that  is  not  controlled  by  a  bank  holding  company 
other   than   a   regional   bank    holding   company;    and 

d.  that  neither  is  controlled  by  nor  is  a  foreign  bank 
as  defined  in  the  International  Banking  Act  of  1978 
(12    O.S.  C.     3101  (7)  ). 

(1U)  'State'       means      any      state      of      the    Onited    States    or   the 

District    of   Columbia. 

(15)       'Subsidiary'    has    the    meaning    set    forth    in    Section    2(d)     of 

the    Bank    Holding    Company    Act      of      1956      as      anended       (12 

D.S.C.     1841  (d)). 

"§      53-2  11.      Acguisitions   by    regional   bank    holding  companies. -- 

(a)    A    regional   bank   holding   company    that    does   not      have      a      North 

Carolina      bank      subsidiary       (other      than      a      North      Carolina    bank 

subsidiary   that    was   acquired   either   pursuant    to      Section      116      or 

Section    123   of    the   Garn-St  Germain    Depository   Institutions    Act   of 

1982  (12  O.S.C.  1730a(m),  1823(f))  or  in  the   regular   course   of 

securing   or   collecting   a  debt   previously  contracted  in  good 

faith,  as  provided  in  Section  3(a)  of  the   Bank   Holding   Company 

Senate  Bill  706  3 

C-3 


Act  of  1956  as  amended  (12  U.S.C.  1842  (a)))  may  acquire  a  North 
Carolina  bank  holding  conpany  or  a  North  Carolina  bank  with  the 
approval  of  the  Commissioner.  The  regional  bank  hoidinq  company 
shall  subnit  to  the  Commissioner  an  application  for  approval  of 
such   acquisition,    which   application   shall    be    approved    only    if: 

(1)  The  Commissioner  determines  that  the  laws  of  the 
state  in  which  the  regional  bank  holding  company 
making  the  acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of 
business  permit  all  North  Carolina  bank  hoidinq 
companies  to  acquire  banks  and  bank  hoidinq 
companies   in   that    state; 

(2)  The  Commissioner  determines  that  the  laws  of  the 
state  in  which  the  regional  bank  holding  company 
making  the  acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of 
business  permit  such  regional  bank  holding  company 
to  be  acquired  by  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding 
company  or  North  Carolina  bank  sought  to  be 
acquired.  For  the  purposes  of  this  subsection,  a 
North  Carolina  bank  shall  be  treated  as  if  it  were 
a    North   Carolina    bank    holding    company; 

(3)  The  Commissioner  determines  either  that  the  North 
Carolina  bank  sought  to  be  acquired  has  been  in 
existence  and  continuously  operatinq  for  more  than 
five  years  or  that  all  of  the  bank  subsidiaries  of 
the  North  Carolina  bank  hoidinq  company  sought  to 
be  acquired  have  been  in  existence  and  continuously 
operatinq  for  more  than  five  years:  Provided,  that 
the  Commissioner  may  approve  the  acquisition  by  a 
regional  bank  hoidinq  company  of  all  or 
substantially  all  of  the  shares  of  a  bank  orqanized 
solely  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the 
acquisition  of  a  bank  that  has  been  in  existence 
and  continuously  operating  as  a  bank  for  more  than 
five    years;    and 

(4)  The  Commissioner  makes  the  acquisition  subject  to 
any  conditions,  restrictions,  requirements  or  other 
limitations  that  would  apply  to  the  acquisition  by 
a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  of  a  bank  or 
bank  holding  company  in  the  state  where  the 
regional  bank  holding  company  making  the 
acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of  business  but 
that  would  not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of  a  bank 
or  bank  hoidinq  company  in  such  state  by  a  bank 
holding  company  all  the  bank  subsidiaries  of  which 
are  located    in   that   state. 

(b)  A  regional  bank  holding  company  that  has  a  North  Carolina 
bank  subsidiary  (other  than  a  North  Carolina  bank  subsidiary  that 
was  acguired  either  pursuant  to  Section  116  or  Section  123  of  the 
Garn-St  Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act  of  1982  (12  U.S.C. 
1730a(m),  1823(f))  or  in  the  regular  course  of  securing  or 
collecting  a  debt  previously  contracted  in  good  faith,  as 
provided  in  Section  3(a)  of  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956 
as  amended  (12  O.S.C.  1842  (a)))  may  acquire  any  North  Carolina 
bank  or  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  with  the  approval  of 
the   Commissioner.      The   regional    bank    holding    company    shall    submit 

^  Senate    Bill    706 


to         the        C  OBinissioner      an      application      for      approval      of      such 
acquisition,    which    application   shall    be   approved    only   if: 

(1)  The  Comaissioner  determines  either  that  the  North 
Carolina  bank  sought  to  be  acquired  has  been  in 
existence  and  continuously  operating  for  more  than 
five  years  or  that  all  of  the  bank  subsidiaries  of 
the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  sought  to 
be  acquired  have  been  in  existence  and  continuously 
operating  for  more  than  five  years:  Provided,  that 
the  Commissioner  may  approve  the  acquisition  by  a 
regional  bank  holding  company  of  all  or 
substantially  all  of  the  shares  of  a  bank  organized 
solely  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the 
acquisition  of  a  bank  that  has  been  in  existence 
and  continuously  operating  as  a  bank  for  more  than 
five    years;    and 

(2)  The  Commissioner  makes  the  acquisition  subiect  to 
any  conditions,  restrictions,  requirements  or  other 
limitations  that  would  apply  to  the  acquisition  by 
a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  of  a  bank  or 
bank  holding  company  in  the  state  where  the 
regional  bank  holding  company  making  the 
acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of  business  but 
that  would  not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of  a  bank 
or  bank  holding  company  in  such  state  by  a  bank 
holding  company  all  the  bank  subsidiaries  of  which 
are   located    in   that   state. 

(c )  The  Commissioner  shall  rule  on  any  application  submitted 
under  this  section  not  later  than  90  days  following  the  date  of 
submission  of  a  complete  application.  If  the  Commissioner  fails 
to  rule  on  the  application  within  the  requisite  90-day  period, 
the  failure  to  rule  shall  be  deemed  a  final  decision  of  the 
Commissioner   approving    the   application. 

"*  53-212.  Exceptions.  --A  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company, 
a  North  Carolina  bank,  a  regional  bank  holding  company,  or  a 
regional  bank  may  acquire  or  control,  and  shall  not  cease  to  be  a 
North  Carolina  bank  holding  company,  a  North  Carolina  bank,  a 
regional  bank  holding  company,  or  a  regional  bank,  as  the  case 
may   be,   by   virtue    of   its   acquisition   or    control   of: 

(1)  a  bank  having  banking  offices  in  a  state  not  within  the 
region,  if  such  bank  has  been  acguired  pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  Section  116  or  Section  123  of  the  Garn-St  Germain  Depository 
Institutions    Act    of    1982     (12    O.S.C.     1730a(m),    1823(f)): 

(2)  a  bank  having  banking  offices  in  a  state  not  within  the 
region,  if  such  bank  has  been  acquired  in  the  regular  course  of 
securing  or  collecting  a  debt  previously  contracted  in  good 
faith,  as  provided  in  Section  3(a)  of  the  Bank  Holding  Company 
Act  of  1956  as  amended  (12  U.  S.  C.  1842(a)  )  ,  and  if  the  bank  or 
bank  holding  company  divests  the  securities  or  assets  acquired 
within  two  years  of  the  date  of  acquisition.  A  North  Carolina 
bank,  a  North  Carolina  bank  holdinq  company,  a  reqional  bank 
holding  company,  or  a  regional  bank  may  retain  these  interests 
for  up  to  three  additional  periods  of  one  year  each  if  the 
Commissioner      determines      that      the      required      divestiture      would 


Senate    Bill    706 

C-5 


create    undue    financial    difficulties    for    that    bank    or    bank    holding 
company;    or 

(3)  a  bank  or  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of  the 
United  States  or  of  any  state  and  operating  under  Section  25  or 
Section  25(a)  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  as  amended  (12  U.S.C. 
60  1  or  6  11-3  1)  or  a  bank  or  bank  holding  company  organized  under 
the  la«s  of  a  foreign  country  that  is  principally  engaged  in 
business  outside  the  United  States  and  that  either  has  no  banking 
office  in  the  United  States  or  has  banking  offices  in  the  United 
States  that  are  engaged  only  in  business  activities  permissible 
for  a  corporation  operating  under  Section  25  or  Section  25(a)  of 
the   Federal    Reserve    kct   as    amended. 

"§  53-213.  Prohibitions.--  (a)  Except  as  expressly  permitted  by 
federal  law,  no  bank  holding  company  that  is  not  either  a  North 
Carolina  bank  holding  company  or  a  regional  bank  holding  company 
shall  acquire  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  or  a  North 
Carolina   bank. 

(b)  Except  as  required  by  federal  law,  a  North  Carolina  bank 
holding  company  or  a  regional  bank  holding  company  that  ceases  to 
be  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  or  a  regional  bank 
holding  company  shall  as  soon  as  practicable  and,  in  all  events, 
within  one  year  after  such  event  divest  itself  of  control  of  all 
North  Carolina  bank  holding  companies  and  all  North  Carolina 
banks:  Provided,  however,  that  such  divestiture  shall  not  be 
required  if  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  or  the 
regional  bank  holding  company  ceases  to  be  a  North  Carolina  bank 
holding  company  or  a  regional  bank  holding  company,  as  the  case 
nay  be,  because  of  an  increase  in  the  deposits  held  by  bank 
subsidiaries  not  located  within  the  region  and  if  such  increase 
is  not  the  result  of  the  acquisition  of  a  bank  or  bank  holding 
company. 

"§  53-2  14.  Applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  —  (a)  Anv 
North  Carolina  bank  that  is  controlled  by  a  bank  holding  company 
that  is  not  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  shall  be 
subject  to  all  laws  of  this  State  and  all  rules  and  regulations 
under  such  laws  that  are  applicable  to  North  Carolina  banks  that 
are    controlled    by    North  Carolina    bank    holding    companies. 

(b)  Notwithstanding        the      provisions      of      G.  S.       53-95,       the 

Commissioner  may  promulgate  rules,  including  the  imposition  of  a 
reasonable  application  and  administration  fee,  to  implement  and 
effectuate   the    provisions    of   this    Article. 

"§  5  3-215.  Appeal  of  commissioner's  decision. — Notwithstanding 
any  other  provision  of  law,  emy  aggrieved  party  in  a  proceeding 
under  G.S.  53-211  or  G.S.  53-212(2)  may,  within  30  days  after 
final  decision  of  the  Commissioner  and  by  written  notice  to  the 
Commissioner,  appeal  directly  to  the  North  Carolina  Court  of 
Appeals  for  judicial  review  on  the  record.  In  the  event  of  an 
appeal,  the  Commissioner  shall  certify  the  record  to  the  Clerk  of 
the   Court    of    Appeals   within    30    days   after    filing    of    the    appeal. 

"§  5  3-216.  Periodic  reports ;  interstate  agreements. — The 
Commissioner  may  from  time  to  time  require  reports  under  oath  in 
such  scope  and  detail  as  he  may  reasonably  determine  of  each 
regional  bank  holding  company  subject  to  this  Article  for  the 
purpose  of  assuring  continuing  compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
this    Article. 


Senatf    Bill    706 
C-6 


The  Cofflmissionei.-  may  enter  into  cooperatjvf  iqr»'«-'iiiori  t : .  with 
other  back,  regulatory  authoritiet;  for  the  period  ir  t-x^i  mina  t  .  on  of 
any  regional  bank  holding  company  that  has  a  North  Catolin.i  bank 
subsidiary  and  may  accept  reports  of  examination  and  oth*>r 
records  from  such  authorities  in  lieu  of  conducting  its  own 
examinations.  The  Comnissioner  may  enter  into  -joint  action:  with 
other  bank  regulatory  authorities  having  concurrent  iurisdiction 
over  any  regional  bank,  holding  company  that  has  a  North  Carolina 
bank  subsidiary  or  may  take  such  actions  independently  to  carry 
out  its  responsibilities  under  this  Article  and  assure  compliance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  Article  and  the  applicable  banking 
laws    of    this    State. 

"§  53- .^17.  Enforcement.  —  The  Co  mraissioner  shall  have  tae  power 
to  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  Article,  including  the 
divestiture  requirement  of  G.S.  53-2  1i(b),  through  an  action  in 
any  court  of  this  State  or  any  other  state  or  in  anv  court  of  the 
United  States,  as  provided  in  G.S.  53-94  and  G.S.  53-134,  f.,r  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  an  appropriate  remedy  for  violition  of  any 
provision  of  this  Article,  including  such  criminal  penalties  as 
are    contemplated    by    G.S.     53-134. 

"§  53-218.  Nonsever  ability. --It  i  :^  the  piiri)o;,e  of  thir.  -Vitscic 
17  to  facilitate  orderly  development  of  ti.inkin()  or  ganiza  ti  r>nr, 
that  have  banking  offices  in  more  than  one  ;;tato  within  the 
region.  It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  Article  to  authorize 
acquisitions  of  North  Carolina  bank  holding  corapames  or  North 
Carolina  banks  by  bank  holding  companies  that  do  /lot  h^iv.  their 
principal  place  of  business  in  thi.'^  State  on  any  basi:.  oth'i  llian 
as  expressly  provided  in  this  Article.  Therefore,  it  any  portion 
of  this  Article  pertaining  to  the  terms  and  conditions  for  and 
limitations  upon  acquisition  of  North  Carolina  bank  holding 
companies  and  North  Carolina  banks  by  bank  holding  companies  that 
do  not  have  their  principal  place  of  business  in  this  State  is 
determined  to  be  invalid  for  any  reason  Dy  a  final  nonappealable 
order  of  any  North  Carolina  or  federal  court  ol  (otupetent 
jurisdiction,  then  this  entiie  Article  shall  be  null  and  void  in 
its  entirety  and  shall  be  of  no  further  force  or  effect  from  the 
effective  date  of  such  order:  Provided,  however,  tMat  any 
transaction  that  has  been  lawfully  consummated  pursuant  ♦  ■  t  h  i  <, 
Article         prior         to       a      determination       of        invaLidity  tie 

unaffected    by    .such    determination. 

"ARTICLE     18. 
"Bank    Holding    Company    Act    of     1984. 

"«       53-225.  Title    and    scope.—  (a)     This    Article    shall    b<      knoyn 

and    may    be    cited    as    the    North   Carolina    Bank    Holding      Comp.i!  .  t 

of     1984. 

(b )  This  Article  provides  for  the  registration  of  bank  hoiamu 
companies  in  North  Carolina.  Nothing  contained  in  this  Article 
shall  be  deemed  to  apply  to  the  registration,  examination  or 
supervision    of    banks   or   trust   companies. 

(c)  Action.^  by  the  Commissioner  under  this  Article  5.hr.li  not 
be  subject  to  review  by  the  State  Banking  Commission  but  .sliali  be 
reviewable    pursuant    to    G.S.     53-231. 

"%    53-226.       Def  initi  ons. — For    the    purposes    of    this    Article: 
(a)  'Bank'       means      any    insured    bank    as    the    term    is    defined    in 

Section    3(h)     of    the    Federal    Deposit      Insurance       Act,        (12      O.S.C. 


Senate    Bill    706 

C-7 


Section  1813(h)),  or  any  institutKKi  «'liqibLo  t<i  become  an 
insured  bank  as  the  term  is  defined  therein,  which,  in  either 
event: 

(1)  Accepts  deposits  that  the  depositor  has  a  leqal 
right    to    withdraw    on   demand;    and 

(2)  Engages    in   the   business    of    making    comnerciai    loans. 

(b)  'Bank  holding  company'  means  any  company  which  has  control 
over   any   bank. 

(c)  'Commissioner'  means  the  Commissioner  of  Banks  of  this 
State. 

(d)  'Company'  means  a  corporation,  ioint  stock  company, 
business  trust,  partnership,  voting  trust,  association,  and  any 
Similar  organized  group  of  persons,  whether  incorporated  or  not, 
and  whether  or  not  organized  under  the  laws  of  this  State  or  any 
other  state  or  any  territory  or  possession  of  the  United  States 
or  under  the  laws  of  the  foreign  country,  territory,  colony  or 
possession  thereof,  other  than  a  corporation  all  the  capital  of 
which  is  owned  by  the  Onited  States  or  a  corporation  which  is 
chartered  by  the  Congress  of  the  United  States;  'company' 
includes   subsidiary   and   parent    companies. 

(e)  'Control'    means    that: 

(1)  Any  company  directly  or  indirectly  or  acting 
through  one  or  more  persons  owns,  controls,  or  has 
power  to  vote  twenty-five  per  centum  {25%)  or  more 
of    the    voting    securities   of    the    bank; 

(2)  The  company  controls  in  any  manner  the  election  of 
a  majority  of  the  directors,  managers  or  trustees 
of    the    bank    or    company;    or 

(3)  The  Commissioner  determines,  after  notice  and 
opportunity  for  hearing,  that  the  company  directly 
or  indirectly  exercises  a  controlling  influence 
over  the  management  or  policies  of  the  bank  or 
company. 

(f )  'Subsidiary',  with  respect  to  a  bank  holding  company, 
means: 

(1)  Any  company  twenty-fiv<>  p»'i  ci  mi  turn  (/''j^)  oi  mow  of 
whose  voting  shares  (oxclU'lLnj  shares  owned  by  the 
United  States  or  by  any  company  wholly  owned  by  the 
United    States)    is    held    by    it    with    power    to    vote; 

(2)  Any  company  the  election  of  a  majority  of  whose 
directors  is  controlled  in  any  manner  by  a  bank 
holding    company;    or 

(3)  Any  company  with  respect  to  the  management  or 
policies  of  which  a  bank  holding  company  has  the 
power,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  exercise  control, 
as    determined    by    the    Comrai  r.sioner. 

(g )  For  the  purposes  of  any  proceeding  under  subdivision;. 
(e)(3)  and  (f)  (3)  of  this  section,  there  is  a  presumption  that 
any  company  which  directly  or  indirectly  owns,  controls,  or  has 
power  to  vote  less  than  5  percent  {5%)  of  any  class  of  voting 
securities  of  a  given  bank  or  company  does  not  have  control  over 
that    bank    or    company. 

"§  53-227.  Registration  of  bank  holding  companies. --Every  bank 
holding  company,  not  later  than  July  1,  19aS,  or  within  1B0  days 
after      becoming      a      bank      holding      company      controlli£<g      a      North 


Senate    Bill    706 


Carolina  federally  or  State- char tered  back  or  banks,  or  within 
180  days  after  acquiring  control  over  a  nonbank  subsidiaLy  or 
subsidiaries  having  offices  located  in  this  State  shall  register 
with    the    Commissioner    on    forms   approved    by    the    Comaissioner. 

"§  53-228.  Cease  and  desist .--Upon  a  finding  that  any  action 
of  a  bank  holding  company  or  nonbank  subsidiary  subject  to  this 
Article  may  be  in  violation  of  any  North  Carolina  bank  Lnq  law, 
tho  Commissioner,  after  a  reasonable  notice  to  thf>  bank  holding 
company  or  its  nonbank  subsidiary  and  an  opportunity  for  it  to  be 
heard,  shall  have  the  authority  to  order  it  to  cease  and  desist 
from  such  action.  If  the  bank  holding  company  or  nonbank 
subsidiary  fails  to  appeal  such  decision  in  accordance  with  G.  S. 
53-231  hereof  and  continues  to  engage  in  such  action  in  violation 
of  the  Commissioner's  order  to  cease  and  desist  such  action,  it 
shall  be  subject  to  a  penalty  of  one  thousand  dollars  ($1,000), 
to  be  recovered  with  costs  by  the  Commissioner  in  any  court  of 
competent  jurisdiction  in  a  civil  action  prosecuted  by  the 
Commissioner.  The  penalty  provision  of  this  section  shall  be  in 
addition  to  and  not  in  lieu  of  any  other  provision  ot  law 
applicable  to  a  bank  holding  company's  or  its  nonbank 
subsidiary's    failure    to   comply    with    an    order    of    the    Commissioner. 

"*  53-2  29.  Requisition  and  control  of  certain  nonbank  banking 
institutions. — Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this 
Article  or  any  other  provision  of  the  General  Statutes  of  this 
State,  no  bank  holding  company  or  any  other  company  may  acguire 
or   control   any   banking    institution    that: 

(1)  has    offices   located    in    this   State;    and 

(2)  is  not  a  bank  as  defined  in  G.  S.  53-226  (a)  of  this 
Article. 

For  purposes  of  this  section,  'company'  means  any  corporation, 
partnership,         business         trust,  association,  or  similar 

organization,  or  any  other  trust  unless  by  its  terms  it  must 
terminate  within  25  years  or  not  later  than  2  1  years  and  10 
months  after  the  death  of  individuals  living  on  the  effective 
date  of  the  trust,  and  'banking  institution'  means  any 
institution  organized  under  Article  2  of  Chapter  53  (G.  S.  53-2, 
et  se£.)  or  Article  11  of  Chapter  53  (G.  S.  53-136,  et  seg.  )  of 
the  General  Statutes  of  this  State  or  under  Chapter  2  of  Title  12 
of  the  United  States  Code  (12  0.  S.  C.  §  21,  et  seg. )  .  Provided, 
the  provisions  of  G.S.  53-229  shall  not  apply  to  applications  by 
any  company  which  is  chartered  by  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States  and  which  application  is  pending  before  the  Commissioner 
on    the   effective    date   of    this   section. 

"§       53-230.  Rules. --Notwithstanding    the    provision    of    G.S.     53- 

95,  the  Commis.'ji  oner  may  promulgate  such  reasonable  rules  as  may 
be   necessary   to    effectuate   the    purposes    of    this    Article. 

"§  53-23  1.  Ae^eal  of  commissioner's  decision. — Notwithstanding 
any  other  provision  of  law,  any  aggrieved  party  may,  within  30 
days  after  final  decision  of  the  Commissioner  and  by  written 
notice  to  the  Commissioner,  appeal  directly  to  the  North  ("aroiina 
Court  of  Appeals  for  judicial  review  on  the  record.  In  th<  tvont 
of  an  appeal,  the  Commissioner  shall  certify  tho  record  to  thr 
Clerk  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  within  30  days  thereafter.  Such 
record  shall  include  all  memoranda,  briefs  and  any  other 
documents,       data,      information    or   evidence    submitted    by    any    party 

Senate  Bill  706  9 

C-9 


to  such  proceeding  except  for  material  such  as  trade  secrets 
normally  not  available  through  conmercial  publication  for  which 
such  party  has  made  a  claim  of  confidentiality  and  requested 
exclusion  from  the  record  which  the  Conmissioner  deems 
confidential.  All  factual  information  contained  in  any  report  of 
examination  or  investigation  submitted  to  or  obtained  by  the 
Commissioner's  staff  shall  also  be  made  a  part  of  the  record 
unless   deemed   confidential    by    the    Commissioner. 

"§  53-232.  Fees. --Each  bank  holding  company  subiect  to  this 
act    shall    pay    the   following    fees: 

(a)  An   initial    registration    fee    of    t1,000. 

(b)  An    annual    registration    fee    of    $750.00. 

(c)  A  fee  of  $50.00  for  the  issuance  of  any  certified  copies 
of  documents  plus  $1.00  per  page  over  a  number  of  pages  specified 
by   the   Commissioner." 

Sec.  2.  G.  S.  7&-29(a)  is  amended  by  inserting  the  words 
"the  Comaissioner  of  Banks  pursuant  to  Articles  17  and  18  of 
Chapter  53  of  the  General  Statutes,"  after  the  words  "the  North 
Carolina    Utilities   Commission". 

Sec.  3.  The  guestion  of  the  extent  of  authority  beyond 
that  conferred  by  Article  17  upon  the  Commissioner  of  Banks  with 
regard  to  the  acquisition  of  a  North  Carolina  bank  or  bank 
holding  company  by  an  out-of-state  regional  bank  holding  company 
is  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Taxation  and  fiegulation  of  Banks, 
Savings  and  Loan  Associations,  and  Credit  Onions  of  the 
Legislative  Research  Commission  for  study  and  report  to  the  1985 
Session    of    the    General    Assembly. 

Sec.  a.  Article  17  of  Chapter  53  of  the  General 
Statutes  contained  in  Section  1  of  this  act  shall  become 
effective  January  1,  1985.  The  rest  of  this  act  is  effective 
upon    ratification. 

In  the  General  Assembly  read  three  times  and  ratified, 
this   the    7th    day    of    July,     1984. 


JAMES  C.  GREEN 


James    C.    Green 
President    of    the    Senate 


LISTON  B    RAMSEY 

Liston    B.    Bamsey 

Speaker   of    the    House   of    Representatives 


Senats    Bill    706 

C-10 


APPENDIX   D 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 

1983   SESSION  (REGULAR  SESSION,  1984) 

RATIFIED   BILL 


CHAPTEK     1087 
SENATE    BILL    807 
AN       ACT      TO    PEHMIT    INTEBSTATE    HEBGBHS    AND    ACQOISITIONS    OF    SAVINGS 
AND    LOAN    ASSOCIATIONS    AND    SAVINGS    AND    LOAN    HOLDING    COMPANIES    ON 
A    BECIPBOCAL    BASIS    HITHIN     A    SPECIFIED    BEGION. 
The   General   Asseably   of   North   Carolina   enacts: 

Section       1.  .      Chapter      54B      of      the      General    Statutes    is 
aaended   by   adding   a   new   Article    3A   to   read    as   follows: 

"Article    3A. 

"North   Carolina    Begional    Beciprocal    Savings 

and   Loan    Acguisition    Act. 

"§       54B-U8.1.,      Title.T-This      Article    shall    be    known    and    nay    be 

cited  as   the    North    Carolina   Begional   Beciprocal    Savings    and      Loan 

Acquisition    Act.  . 

"ft  54B-48.2.  Definitions.  —  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of 
G. 5. .54B-4,  as  used  in  this  Article,  unless  the  context  reguires 
otherwise: 

(1)  •Acquire',  as  applied  to  an  association  or  a 
savings  and  loan  holding  company,  aeans  any  of  the 
following   actions    or   transactions: 

a. .  The  nerger  or  consolidation  of  an  association 
with  another  association  or  savings  and  loan 
holding  company  or  a  savings  and  loan  holding 
company  with  another  savings  and  loan  holding 
conpany. . 

b. .  The  acquisition  of  the  direct  or  indirect 
ownership  or  control  of  voting  shares  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding 
company  if,  after  the  acqaisition,  the 
acquiring  association  or  savings  and  loan 
holding  company  will  directly  or  indirectly 
own  or  control  more  than  five  percent  (5%)  of 
any  class  of  voting  shares  of  the  acquired 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding 
company. 

c.  The  direct  or  indirect  acquisition  of  all  or 
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding 
company.  . 

d,  .       The      taking      of      any      other      action    that    would 

result  in  the  direct  or  indirect  control  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding 
company. 

(2)  'Administrator'  means  the  Administrator  of  the 
Savings    and    Loan    Division, 

(3)  'Association'  means  a  mutual  or  capital  stock 
savings  and  loan  association,  building  and  loan 
association  or  savings  bank  chartered  under  the 
laws  of  any  one  of  the  states  or  by  the  Federal 
Home   Loan   Bank    Board,    pursuant    to    the    'Home   Owners' 

D-1 


Loan    Act    of      1933V-       12      U.S.C.       Section       T464,       as 
amended. 
{H)  'Branch      office*       means      any      office      at      which    an 

association      accepts      deposits.         The      ter  iq      branch 
office   does    not    include: 

a.  ,      Onoanned      autoaatic   teller   nachines,    point-of- 

sale  terminals,  or  siailar  unmaDned  electronic 
banking  facilities  at  which  deposits  may  be 
accepted; 

b.  Offices    located   outside  the   United   States;    and 

c.  Loan  production  offices,  representative 
offices,  service  corporation  offices,  or 
other  offices  at  which  deposits  are  not 
accepted.  . 

(5)  'Company*  means  that  which  is  set  forth  in  the 
Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Holding  Company  Act,  12 
0«  S.C.  .Section    1  730a  (a)  ( 1)  (C)  ,    as    amended. 

(6)  'Control*  means  that  which  is  set  forth  in  the 
Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Holding  Company  Act,  12 
0.  S.C.  .  Section    1?30a  (a)  (2)  ,    as    aaended. 

(7)  "Deposits'  means  all  detaand,  time,  and  savings 
deposits,  without  regard  to  the  location  of  the 
depositor:  Provided,  however,  that  'deposits* 
shall  not  include  any  deposits  by  associations.. 
For  purposes  of  this  Article,  determination  of 
deposits  shall  be  made  with  reference  to  regulatory 
reports  of  condition  or  similar  reports  made  by  or 
to    State  and   federal   regulatory    authorities.  . 

(8)  "Federal  association*  means  an  association 
chartered  by  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  Board 
pursuant  to  the  "Home  Owners*  Loan  Act  of  1933*,  12 
0.  5.  C.    Section    146(4,    as   amended.. 

(9)  *  North  Carolina  association*  means  an  association 
organized  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  North 
Carolina  or  under  the  laws  of  the  Onited  States  and 
that: 

a.  .  Has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  the 
State   of    North   Carolina; 

b. .  Which  if  controlled  by  an  organization,  the 
organization  is  either  a  North  Carolina 
association.  Southern  Region  association. 
North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding 
company,  or  a  Southern  Region  savings  and  loan 
holding    company;    and 

c.  .  Hore  than  eighty  percent  (80*)  of  its  total 
deposits,  other  than  deposits  located  in 
branch  offices  acguired  pursuant  to  Section 
123  of  the  Garn-St  Germain  Depository 
Institutions  Act  of  1982  (12  O.S.C-  1730a(m)) 
or  comparable  state  law,  are  in  its  branch 
offices  located  in  one  or  more  of  the  Southern 
Region    states. . 

(10)  *North  Carolina  Savings  and  Loan  Holding  Corapany' 
means   a   savings  and    loan   holding   company    that: 


Senate    Eiii    807 


D-2 


a. .  Has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  the 
State    of    North    Carolina; 

b.  .  Has  total  dt^posits  of  its  Southern  Beciion 
association  subsidiaries  and  North  Carolina 
association  subsidiaries  that  exceed  eighty 
percent  (80%)  of  the  total  deposits  of  all 
association  subsidiaries  of  the  savings  and 
loan  holding  conpany  other  than  those 
association  subsidiaries  held  pursuant  to 
Section  123  of  the  Garn-St  Gernain  Depository 
Institutions  Act  of  1982  (12  0. S.C.  1730a(B) ) 
or   coaparable  state   law. 

(11)  "Principal  place  of  business*  of  an  association 
means  the  state  in  vhich  the  aggregate  deposits  of 
the  association  are  the  largest.  For  the  purposes 
of  this  Article,  the  principal  place  of  business  of 
a  savings  and  loan  holding  conpany  is  the  state 
where  the  aggregate  deposits  of  the  association 
subsidiaries  of  the  holding  company  are  the 
largest.  . 

(12)  •Savings  and  loan  holding  company'  means  any 
coBpany  which  directly  or  indirectly  controls  an 
association  or  controls  any  other  company  which  is 
a    savings   and    loan    holding   company. 

(13)  'Service  Corporation*  means  any  corporation,  the 
majority  of  the  capital  stock  of  which  is  owned  by 
one  or  more  associations  and  which  engages, 
directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  activities  which  may 
be  engaged  in  by  a  service  corporation  in  which  an 
association  may  invest  under  the  laws  of  one  of  the 
states   or   under   the    laws   of    the    Onited    States. 

(14)  •Southern  Region  association'  means  an  association 
other  than  a  North  Carolina  association  organized 
under  the  laws  of  one  of  the  Southern  Region  states 
or    under    the    laws    of    the    Onited   States    and    that: 

a.  ,  Has  its  principal  place  of  business  only  in  a 
Southern  Region  state  other  than  North 
Carolina; 

b. ,  Mhich  if  controlled  by  an  organization,  the 
organization  is  either  a  Southern  Region 
association  or  a  Southern  Region  savings  and 
loan   holding    company;    and 

c.  More  than  eighty  percent  (80%)  of  its  total 
deposits,  other  than  deposits  located  in 
branch  offices  acquired  pursuant  to  Section 
123  of  the  Garn-St  Germain  Depository 
Institutions  Act  of  1982  (12  O.5.C.  1730a(m)) 
or  comparable  state  law,  are  in  its  branch 
offices  located  in  one  or  more  of  the  Southern 
Region    states. 

(15)  'Southern  Region  savings  and  loan  holding  company' 
means   a    savings   and    loan   holding    company    that: 

a. .  Has  its  principal  place  of  business  in  a 
Southern  Region  state  other  than  the  State  of 
North    Carolina; 


Senate   Bill    807 


D-3 


b.  Has      total      deposits      of       itr.       Southern    Ueqiori 

association  subsi  <li  nr  i«v;  and  North  carol  in.» 
association  subs  id  La  t  i<^s  that  «'Kt:«'<'d  <i<|h«y 
percent  (80%)  of  the  total  deposits  of  all 
association  subsidiaries  of  the  savinqs  and 
loan  holding  conpany  other  than  those 
association  subsidiaries  held  pursuant  to 
Section  123  of  the  Garn-St  Geraain  Depository 
Institutions  kct  of  1982  (12  U.  5.C.  1730a(Bi)  ) 
or   coaparable  state    law. 

(16)  'Southern  Hegion  states'  i^eans  the  states  of 
Alabama,  Arkansas,  Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky, 
Louisiana,  Maryland,  Mississippi,  North  Carolina, 
Sooth  Carolina,  Tennessee,  Virginia,  West  Virginia, 
and    the    District    of    Coluabia,  , 

(17)  'State'  laeacs  any  state  of  the  United  States  and 
the    District    of   Columbia. 

(18)  'State  association'  aeans  an  association  organized 
under   the    laws   of    one    of    the   states. 

(19)  'Subsidiary*  means  that  which  is  set  forth  in  the 
Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Holding  Company  Act,  12 
O.S-C.     Section    1 730a  (a)  ( 1)  (H)  ,    as    amended. 

"5 54 B- 48. 3.  Acquisitions  by  Southern  Beqion  savings  and  loan 
holding  companies  and  Southern  Eegion  associations. —  (a)  A 
Southern  Eegion  savings  and  loan  holding  coopany  or  a  Southern 
Eegion  association  that  does  not  have  a  North  Carolina 
association  subsidiary  (other  than  a  North  Carolina  association 
subsidiary  that  was  acquired  either  pursuant  to  Section  123  of 
the  Garn-St  Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act  of  1982  (12 
D.  S.  C.  1 730a  («))  ,  or  coaparable  provisions  in  state  law,  or  in 
the  regular  course  of  securing  or  collecting  a  debt  previously 
contracted  in  good  faith)  nay  acquire  a  North  Carolina  savings 
and  loan  holding  coeapany  or  a  North  Carolina  association  with  the 
approval  of  the  Ad ninistrator.  .  The  Southern  Eegion  savings  and 
loan  holding  coapany  or  Southern  Region  association  shall  submit 
to  the  Adninistrator  an  application  for  approval  of  such 
acquisition,    which   application   shall   be   approved   only   if: 

(1)  The  Adainistrator  determines  that  the  laws  of  the 
state  in  which  the  Southern  Eegion  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  or  Southern  Eegion  association 
Baking  the  acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of 
business  permit  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  companies  and  North  Carolina  associations 
to  acquire  associations  and  savings  and  loan 
holding    companies    in    that    state; 

(2)  The  Administrator  deteriaines  that  the  laws  of  the 
state  in  which  the  Southern  Region  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  or  Southern  Region  association 
naking  the  acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of 
business  permit  such  Southern  Region  savings  and 
loan  holding  company  or  Southern  Region  association 
to  be  acquired  by  the  North  Carolina  savings  and 
loan  holding  company  or  North  Carolina  association 
sought   to    be   acquired; 


Senate    Bill    807 


(3)  The  Adninistrator  deteLoines  either  that  the  North 
Carolioa  association  sought  to  be  acquired  has  been 
in  existence  and  continuously  operatinq  for  more 
than  five  years  or  that  ail  ol  the  as:;<)<:iat  loii 
subsidiaries  of  the  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  sought  to  be  acquired  have  been  in 
existence  and  continuously  operating  for  aore  than 
five  years:  Provided,  that  the  Administrator  may 
approve  the  acquisition  by  a  Southern  Rotjion 
savings  and  loan  holding  conpany  or  Southern  Region 
association  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the 
shares  of  an  association  organized  solely  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  the  acquisition  of  an 
association  that  has  been  in  existence  and 
continuously  operating  as  an  association  for  more 
than  five  years;  and 

(4)  The  Adainistrator  aakes  the  acquisition  subiect  to 
any  conditions,  restrictions,  requirements  or  other 
liaitations  that  would  apply  to  the  acquisition  by 
a  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  company 
or  North  Carolina  association  of  an  association  or 
savings  and  loan  holding  conpany  in  the  state  where 
the  Southern  Begion  savings  and  loan  holding 
coapany  or  Southern  Region  association  making  the 
acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of  business  but 
that  would  not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company  in 
such  state  by  an  association  or  a  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  all  the  association  subsidiaries  of 
which  are  located  in  that  state; 

(5)  With  respect  to  acquisitions  involving  the  merger 
or  consolidation  of  two  associations  resulting  in  a 
Southern  Region  association,  the  application 
includes  a  business  plan  extending  for  an  initial 
period  of  at  least  three  years  from  the  date  of  the 
acquisition  which  shall  be  renewed  thereafter  for 
as  long  as  nay  be  required  by  the  Administrator. 
The  association  aay  not  deviate  without  the  prior 
written  approval  of  the  Ad  ainistrator  froa  the 
business  plan  which  shall  address  such  matters  as 
the  Administrator  may  deem  appropriate  for  the 
protection  of  the  depositors  and  menbers  of  the 
acquired  North  Carolina  association  and  the  general 
public.  The  business  plan  shall  address,  without 
limitation: 

a.  insurance  of  depositors'  accounts. 

b.  limitation  of  services  and  activities  to  those 
permitted  under  this  Chapter  to  North  Carolina 
associations. 

c.  conversion  of  corporate  form  or  other 
fundamental  changes. 

d.  closing,   selling  or  divesting  any  or  all  North 

Carolina  branches. 

e.  .   protection   of   the   voting   rights   of   North 

Carolina  aeabers. 


Senate  Bill  807 


D-5 


(b)  A  Southern  Region  savinqs  and  loan  holdinq  coapany  or 
Soathern  Begion  association  that  has  a  North  Carolina  association 
subsidiary  (other  than  a  North  Carolina  association  subsidiary 
that  was  acquired  either  pursuant  to  Section  123  of  the  Garn-St 
Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act  of  1982  {12  0.  S.  C.  1730a  (b)), 
or  coaparable  provisions  in  North  Carolina  law,  or  in  the  regular 
course  of  securing  or  collecting  a  debt  previously  contracted  in 
good  faith)  Bay  acquire  any  North  Carolina  association  or  North 
Carolina  savings  and  loan  holdinq  company  with  the  approval  of 
the  Administrator.  .  The  Southern  Begion  savings  and  loan  holding 
conpany  shall  submit  to  the  Administrator  an  application  for 
approval  of  such  acquisition,  which  application  shall  be  approved 
only    if: 

(1)  The  Administrator  determines  either  that  the  North 
Carolina  association  sought  to  be  acquired  has  been 
in  existence  and  continuously  operating  for  morp 
than  five  years  or  that  ail  of  tho  association 
subsidiaries  of  the  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  sought  to  be  acquired  have  been  in 
existence  and  continuously  operating  for  nore  than 
five  years:  Provided,  that  the  Administrator  may 
approve  the  acquisition  by  a  Southern  Region 
savings  and  loan  holding  company  or  Southern  Region 
association  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  tho 
shares  of  an  association  organized  solely  for  the 
purpose  of  facilitating  the  acquisition  of  an 
association  that  has  been  in  existence  and 
continuously  operating  as  an  association  for  more 
that    five   years;    and 

(2)  The  Administrator  makes  the  acquisition  subject  to 
any  conditions,  restrictions,  requireaents  or  other 
limitations  that  would  apply  to  the  acquisition  by 
the  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  company 
or  North  Carolina  association  of  an  association  or 
savings  and  loan  holding  company  in  the  State  where 
the  Southern  Begion  savings  and  loan  holdinq 
company  or  Southern  Begion  association  making  the 
acquisition  has  its  principal  place  of  business  but 
that  would  not  apply  to  the  acquisition  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company  in 
such  state  by  a  savings  and  loan  holdinq  coapany 
all  the  association  subsidiaries  of  which  are 
located   in    that   state. 

(3)  aith  respect  to  acquisitions  involving  the  merger 
or  consolidation  of  two  associations  resulting  in  a 
Southern  Begion  association,  the  application 
includes  a  business  plan  extending  for  an  initial 
period  of  at  least  three  years  froa  the  date  of  the 
acquisition  which  shall  be  renewed  thereafter  for 
as  long  as  aay  be  required  by  the  Administrator. . 
The  association  may  not  deviate  without  the  prior 
written  approval  of  the  Adainistra tor  from  the 
business  plan  which  shall  address  such  matters  as 
the  Administrator  aay  deea  appropriate  for  the 
protection    of    the   depositors      and      aembers      of      the 

6  senate    Bill    8  07 


D-6 


acquired  North  Carolina  association  and  the  qeneral 
public.  The  business  plan  shall  address,  without 
liBitation: 

a.  insurance   of    depositors'    accounts. 

b.  .       limitation    of    services   and    activities   to   those 

pernitted    under   this   Chapter   to   North   Carolina 
associations. 

c.  conversion        of        corporate        form      or      other 
fundamental   changes. 

d.  .      closing,    selling    or   divesting    any    or    all    North 

Carolina    branches. 

e.  protection      of      the      voting      rights      of      North 
Carolina   members. 

(c)  The  Administrator  shall  rule  on  any  application  submitted 
under  this  section  not  later  than  90  days  following  the  date  of 
submission  of  a  complete  application.  If  the  Administrator  fails 
to  rule  on  the  application  within  the  requisite  90-day  period, 
the  failure  to  rule  shall  be  deemed  a  final  decision  of  the 
Administrator   approving   the    application. 

"6  54&-t»8.4.  Exceptions.  — A  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  company,  a  North  Carolina  association,  a  Southern  Hegion 
savings  and  loan  holding  company,  or  a  Southern  iJegion 
association  may  acquire  or  control,  and  shall  not  cease  to  be  a 
North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  a  North  Carolina 
association,  a  Southern  Region  savings  and  loan  holding  company, 
or  a  Southern  Region  association,  as  the  case  may  be,  by  virtue 
of    Its  acquisition    or    control    of: 

(1)  An  association  having  branch  offices  in  a  state  not 
within  the  reqion,  if  such  association  has  been 
acquired  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  123 
of  the  Garn-St  Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act 
of  1982  (12  D.S.C.  1730a  (m)),  or  comparable 
provisions    of    state    law; 

(2)  An  association  which  is  not  a  Southern  Reqion 
association  if  such  association  has  been  acguired 
in  the  regular  course  of  securing  or  collectinq  a 
debt  previously  contracted  in  good  faith,  and  if 
the  association  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company 
divests  the  securities  or  assets  acguired  within 
two  years  of  the  date  of  acquisition.  A  North 
Carolina  association,  a  North  Carolina  savinqs  and 
loan  holding  company,  or  a  Southern  Region 
association  may  retain  these  interests  for  up  to 
three  additional  periods  of  one  year  if  the 
Administrator  determines  that  the  required 
divestiture  would  create  undue  financial 
difficulties  for  that  association  or  savinqs  and 
loan    holdinq    company. 

nc.!!!  •*.!'*?"  u^*!*  Prohibitions.  — (a)  Except  as  may  be  expressly 
permitted  by  federal  law,  no  savinqs  and  loan  holdinq  company 
tbat  IS  not  either  a  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding 
company  or  a  Southern  Region  savinqs  and  loan  holding  company 
snail  acquire  a  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holdinq  company 
or   a    North    Carolina    association. 


Senate   Bill    807 


D-7 


(b)  Except       a:;       L<fquired       by       f »m1<;i.<i.L       IdW,       a    North    CaLolina 

savings  and  loan  holding  coapany  or  a  Southern  Region  sawinqs  and 
loan  holding  conpany  that  ceases  to  be  a  North  Carolina  savings 
and  loan  holding  company  or  a  Southern  Region  savings  and  loan 
holding  coapany  shall  as  soon  as  practicable  and,  in  all  events, 
within  one  year  after  such  event  divest  itself  of  control  of  all 
Morth  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  coapanies  and  all  North 
Carolina  associations:  Provided^,  however,  that  such  divestiture 
shall  not  be  required  if  the  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  conpany  or  the  Southern  aegion  savings  and  loan  holding 
company  ceases  to  be  a  Horth  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding 
coBpany  or  a  Southern  Begion  savings  and  loan  holding  coapany,  as 
the  case  aay  be,  because  of  an  increase  in  the  deposits  held  by 
association  subsidiaries  not  located  within  the  region  and  if 
such  increase  is  not  the  result  of  the  acquisition  of  an 
association  or  savings  and  loan  holding  company.  Provided 
further  that  nothing  in  this  irticle  shall  be  construed  to  permit 
interstate  branching  by  associations  nor  to  require  the 
divestiture  of  a  North  Carolina  association  or  a  North  Carolina 
savings  and  loan  holding  coapany  by  a  savings  and  loan  holding 
coapany  which  acquired  its  subsidiary  North  Carolina  association 
or  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  conpany  prior  to  the 
effective  date  of  this  Article.  Nor  shall  anything  in  this 
Article  be  construed  to  prohibit  any  savings  and  loan  holding 
coapany  which  has  acquired  a  North  Carolina  association  or  North 
Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding  company  prior  to  the  effective 
date  of  this  Article  froa  acquiring  additional  North  Carolina 
associations  or  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding 
coapanies.  Nor  shall  anything  in  this  Article  be  construed  to 
liait    the    authority   of    the    Administrator    pursuant    to   G.  S.     SUB-U^.  _ 

"§  54B-U8.6.  Applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations.  —  (a)  Any 
North  Carolina  association  that  is  controlled  by  a  savings  and 
loan  holding  coapany  that  is  not  a  North  Carolina  savings  and 
loan  holding  coopany  shall  be  subject  to  all  laws  of  this  State 
and  all  rules  and  regulations  under  such  laws  that  are  applicable 
to  North  Carolina  associations  that  are  controlled  by  North 
Carolina   savings   and   loan    holding   coapanies. 

(b)  The  Administrator  aay  proaulgate  rules,  including  the 
iaposition  of  a  reasonable  application  and  a dninistration  fee,  to 
implement   and   effectuate   the    provisions    of    this    Article. 

••§  SUB- 48.7.,  Appeal        of         Administrator*  s        decision.  -- 

Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  law,  any  aggrieved  party 
in  a  proceeding  under  G.  S.  .  SIB-aO.J  or  G.  S-  548-48.  I  (2)  aay, 
within  30  days  after  final  decision  of  the  Adainistrator  and  by 
written  notice  to  the  Adainistrator,  appeal  directly  to  the  North 
Carolina  Court  of  Appeals  for  judicial  review  on  the  record.  In 
the  event  of  an  appeal,  the  Administrator  shall  certify  the 
record  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Court  of  Appeals  within  30  days  after 
filing    of    the    appeal. 

"*  54 B- 48.6.  Periodic  reports;  interstate  aqreeaents. —  (a) 
The  Adainistrator  may  from  time  to  time  require  reports  under 
oath  in  such  scope  and  detail  as  he  nay  reasonably  determine  of 
each  Southern  Region  savings  and  loan  holding  coapany  or  Southern 
Begion      association     subject      to      this    Article   for   the    purpose   of 


Senate    Bill    807 


assuring      continuing     couplianco      lith      the      pro^risions     of      this 
Article.  . 

(1))  The  Adoiaistiator  Bay  enter  into  coopeirative  aqreeoents 
■itli  other  savings  and  loern  regulatory  authorities  for  the 
periodic  eiaaination  of  any  Southern  Begion  sayings  and  loan 
holding  company  oj:  Southern  Region  association  that  has  a  North 
Carolina  association  subsidiary  and  nay  accept  reports  of 
examination  and  other  records  fron  such  authorities  in  lieu  of 
conducting  its  own  ezaninations.  The  Administrator  may  enter 
into  joint  actions  with  other  savings  and  loan  regulatory 
authorities  having  concurrent  jurisdiction  over  any  Southern 
Begion  savings  and  loan  holding  company  or  Southern  Region 
association  that  has  a  North  Carolina  asj.ociat ion  subsidiary  or 
nay  take  such  actions  independently  to  carry  out  his 
responsibilities  under  this  Chapter  and  assure  conpliance  with 
the  provisions  of  this  Article  and  the  app].icabl3  laws  of  this 
State.  . 

»*  5aB-48.g..  Enforcement.  —The  Adsinistrator  shall  have  the 
pover  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  Article,  including  the 
divestiture  requirement  of  G.  S.  .  54B-48. 5  (b) ,  through  an  action  in 
any  court  of  this  State  or  any  other  state  or  in  any  court  of  the 
United  States  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  an  appropriate  remedy 
for  violation  of  any  provision  of  this  Article,  including  such 
criminal   penalties   as   are   contemplated   by  G.  S-    5  4B-6  6.  !* 

Sec.  2..  G.  S.  .  7A-29  (a)  is  amended  by  inserting  the  words 
"the  Administrator  of  savings  and  loans  pursuant  to  Article  3A  of 
Chapter  54B  of  the  General  Statutes,"  after  the  words  "the  North 
Carolina    Utilities   Commission". 

Sec.  .  3.  Nonseverability.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this 
Article  to  facilitate  orderly  development  of  thrift  organizations 
that  have  branch  offices  in  more  than  one  state  within  the 
Southern  Region.  .  It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  Article  to 
authorize  acquisitions  of  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  holding 
companies  or  North  Carolina  associations  by  savings  and  loan 
holding  companies  that  do  not  have  their  principal  place  of 
business  in  this  State  on  any  basis  other  than  as  expressly 
provided  in  this  Article.  Therefore,  if  any  portion  of  this 
Article  pertaining  to  the  terms  and  conditions  for  and 
limitations  upon  acquisition  of  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
holding  companies  and  North  Carolina  associations  by  savings  and 
loan  holding  companies  that  do  not  have  their  principal  place  of 
business  in  this  State  is  determined  to  be  invalid  for  any  reason 
by  a  final  nonappealable  order  of  any  North  Carolina  or  federal 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  then  this  entire  Article  shall 
be  null  and  void  in  its  entirety  and  shall  be  of  no  further  force 
or  effect  from  the  effective  date  of  such  order:  Provided, 
however,  that  any  transaction  that  has  been  lawfully  consummated 
pursuant  to  this  Article  prior  to  a  determination  of  invalidity 
shall   be  unaffected   by   such   determination.  . 

Sec.  U,  G.  S.  .  548-261  (c)  is  rewritten  to  read  as 
follows: 

"(cj  A  savings  and  loan  holding  company  may  invest  in  any 
investment  authorized  by  its  Board  of  Directors,  except  as 
limited  by  regulations  promulgated  by  the  Administrator  pursuant 
to  this   Article.  " 


Senate  Bill    807 


D-9 


Sec.       "j.  A    new    subsection     (d)     is    added    to    G- S.     51B-26  1 

to    read    as    follows; 

"(d)  any  entity  which  controls  a  state  stock  association,  or 
acquires  control  of  a  state  stock  association,  is  a  savings  and 
loan   holding   company." 

Sec.  6.  Article  11  of  Chapter  54B  of  the  General 
Statutes   is   repealed. 

Sec.  7,  Section  6  of  this  act  is  effective  upon 
ratification.  Sections  1  through  5  shall  become  effective  on  the 
earlier   of: 

(1)  the  date  on  which  legislation  becomes  effective  in 
one  of  the  states  listed  in  G.  S.  54B-48.2(16)  which  authorizes 
regional  acquisitions  of  savings  and  loan  associations  and 
savings  and  loan  holding  companies  on  a  reciprocal  basis  and 
which  applies  to  savings  and  loan  associations  and  savings  and 
loan    holding   companies   in    Horth   Carolina;    or 

(2)  July    1,     1986.  . 

In  the  General  Assembly  read  three  times  and  ratified, 
this   the   5th    day   of   July,     1984. 


JAMES  C.  GREEN 


James   C.    Green 
President    of    the   Senate 


LISTON  B.  RAMSEY 


Liston    B.    Bamsey 

Speaker   of    the   House   of   Representatives 


10  Senate    Bill    807 


D-10 


3§  "  1 


=!;•:: 


11    j.l 


S  tS  S  u-  s 


APPENDIX  F  January  11,  1984 

A  liKIII  IIIMIJHY  HI  SIAII  HANK  MJI'I  HV  I '■  I  I'N  |N  NIIKIII  lAKllllNA 
BY:   James  S.  Currie,  Commissioner  of  Banks 

Ihe  duty  of  the  State  to  supervise  banks  was  not  recognized  by  the  Grneral 
Assembly  until  1887,  at  which  session  banks  operating  in  North  Carolina  were 
required  to  make  reports  to  the  State  Treasurer  at  least  twice  each  year,  and 
r.omo  limited  authority  was  given  to  make  special  examinations  to  determine  a 
bank's  solvency. 

The  first  consolidated  statement  of  the  banks  of  the  State  was  made  by 
the  State  Treasurer  in  1887,  and  the  total  resources  were  slightly  more  than 

$3, DUO, 000. 

At  the  session  of  1899  the  Corporation  Commission  was  created,  and  the 
supervision  of  banks  was  placed  under  its  jurisdiction.   Prior  to  creation  of 
the  Corporation  Commission  all  corporations,  including  banks,  were  chartered 
by  the  General  Assembly, 

In  rj(J3  the  tcMjisiaturo  cjavc  the  Corpuriition  Commission  authority  to  make 
rules  to  govern  banks,  provided  such  rules  were  not  inconsistent  with  the  banking 
law. 

The  General  Assembly  of  1921  enacted  the  first  real  statutes  with  reference 
to  SLjpervision  and  examination  of  banks,  including  discretionary  powers  to  refuse 
hank  rhartcr:;,  prnvidinq  for  tlie  organization  of  a  Rankincj  Department  witliin 
the  Corporal  iort  Comini  :;;;iun ,  and  the  naming  of  a  Chief  State  Bank  Lxaminer. 


placing  tlie 
on.   This  method 
factory. 


riic  General  Assembly  of  1927  passed  the  Liquidation  Act, 
lujuidntion  of  all  closed  banks  under  the  Corporation  Commissi 
of  liquidating  closed  banks  has  been  proved  to  be  very  satisfa 

The  Seawell  Bill  passed  by  the  1931  General  Assembly  and  ratified  on  April  2, 
1931,  created  the  position  of  Commissioner  of  Banks,  and  gave  him  the  duties, 
power  and  authority  to  supervise  and  liquidate  all  State  Banks  which  had  been 
exerc-iscd  by  the  Corporation  Commission  since  1899.   This  Bill  also  provided 
for  an  Advisory  Commission  to  consist  of  the  State  Treasurer,  Attorney  General, 
two  practical  bankers  and  one  business  man. 

The  authority  to  license  banks  to  do  a  trust  business  was  transferred 
from  ttie  Insurance  Commissioner  to  the  Commissioner  of  Banks  at  the  1931  session, 
and  provision  was  made  for  a  closer  supervision  of  trust  business  in  the  future. 

fhe  1939  session  of  the  General  Assembly  created  ttic  State  Banking  Commis- 
sion \iyhich  superseded  the  Advisory  Commission  to  the  Commissioner  of  Banks, 
l)L"i-iiniinq  effc^ctive  April  1,  1939.   This  Commission  consisted  of  the  State  Treasurer 
af\d  tlie  Attorney  General  as  ex  officio  members,  the  State  Treasurer  to  serve 
as  Chairman  of  the  Commission,  and  five  members  appointed  by  the  Governor,  four 
of  whom  were  practical  bankers  and  one  a  business  man  who  is  not  an  executive 
officer  of  any  bank,  the  appointive  members  serving  for  a  period  of  four  years. 

Since  May  27,  1931,  there  have  been  eight  Commissioners  of  Banks,  including 
ttie  present  Commissioner,  James  S.  Currie,  who  has  served  since  September  1, 
1978. 


F-1 


Ihe  Sl.yLo  liankiruj  Commission  is  today  comprised  of  15  members  cjs  folio\i/s: 

(a)  Stale  Treasurer,  Chairman  and  ex  officio  member. 

(b)  tiqht  public  members.   Seven  appointed  by  ttic  Governor  niul 
one  appointed  by  the  General  Assembly  upon  recommendation 
of  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

(c)  Six  practical  banker  members.   Five  appointed  by  the 
Governor  and  one  appointed  by  the  General  Assembly  upon 
recommendation  of  the  President  of  the  Senate. 

The  Commissioner  of  Banks  is  appointed  for  four-year  terms  by  the  Governor 
subject  to  confirmation  by  the  General  Assembly  in  joint  session. 

Attached  is  a  list  of  the  State  Banking  Commission  as  it  is  presently 
constituted. 

Today,  in  addition  to  supervision  over  state  banks,  the  Commissioner  of 
Banks  is  responsible  for  licensing  and  supervising  consumer  finance  companies, 
tlie  sales  of  checks  and  money  orders,  and  funeral  and  burial  trust  funds.   [here 
are  90  consumer  finance  licensees  operating  at  573  locations  in  North  Carolina. 
There  are  372  funeral  and  burial  trust  fund  licensees. 

There  are  presently  20  National  banks  with  869  branches  in  North  Carolina, 
and  the  30  State  banks  have  918  branches.  We  also  have  two  state  trust  companies 
which  do  not  accept  deposits. 

Attached  is  a  listing  of  all  banks  in  North  Carolina,  both  National  and 
Stale.   These  schedules  show  the  banks  ranked  by  assets  and  by  deposits  as  of 
September  30,  1983,  which  is  the  latest  date  available.   You  will  note  that 
the  three  largest  banks,  NCNB,  Wachovia  and  First  Union  National,  have  b^ .kl% 
of  all  deposits  and  60.58?o  of  all  commercial  bank  assets  in  North  Carolina. 
These  banks  are  National  banks  which  are  not  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Banks  or  the  General  Assembly. 


F-2 


STATK    BANKING    COMMISSION 


Tlu'  Hon(.r,)l)lo  llail.in  E. 
(  li,\  i  nn.m  ,  St  ;U  c  IVniking 
325  North  Salisbury  Stre 
Raleigh,    North   Carolina 


Ilovlos 
Commissior 


27611 


Mr.    John    C.    Roll  ,    Jr. 

Member,    State    Banking   Commission 

r-'st    01  f  ice    Box    6^1 

Wilson.  North  Carolina   27893 

Mr.  W.  Frank  Coiner 

Member.  State  Ranking  Commission 

»(U  Blessing  Drive  • 

Dobson.  North  Carolina   27017 

Ml  .  Puna  Id  A.  iJ.ivis 

Member,  State  Ranking  Commission 

Post  Office  Box  1007 

Raleigh,  North  Carolina   27602 

Mr.  Robert  H.  Gage 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Id  Ci^l  lege  Street 

Morganton,  North  Carolina   28655 

Mr.  C.  1  rank  Cr i I  I  in 

^lember,  State  Banking  Commission 

Tost  Of  f ice  Drawer  99 

Monroe,  North  Carolina   28110 


D.  "Zander"  Guy 
.  State  Banking  Commission 


Post  01  t  ice  Box  'iUO 

511  New  Br  idge  St  reet 

Jacksonville,  North  Carolina   28540 


■  Mr.  Steven  A.  Hockfield 
Member,  State  Banking  Commission 
Suite  loo  Civic  Plaza 
801  E.  Trade  Street 
Charlotte,  North  Carolina   28202 

■•■  Mr.  Paul  L.  Jones 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Post  Office  Box  3334 

Kinston,  North  Carolina   28501 

••  Mr.  Jop  I  .  Marshal  1 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Post  Office  Sox  610 

Madison,  North  Carolina   27025 

"  Mr.  Robert  V.  Owens,  Jr. 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Route  1  ,  Box  729 

Nags  Head,  North  Carolina   27959 

"•'■■  Ms.  Helen  Ann  Powers 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 
Crowfields  Drive  CC-2 
Asheville,  North  Carolina   28803 

"■  Mr.  J.  J.  Sansom,  Jr. 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Post  Office  Box  1932 

Durham,  North  Carolina   27702 


Mrs.  Kitherine  Harper 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

r(^sL  Of  f  ice  Box  1  1411 

Charlotte,  North  Carolina   28220-1411 


•■•-■  Mr.  E.  Rhone  Sasser 

Member,  State  Banking  Commission 

Post  Office  Box  632 

Whiteville,  North  Carolina   28472 


^s  4-1-85 
^s  4-1-87 


December  21,  1983 


F-3 


ilNSTON-SftLIM 

c:'ARLo:r: 

NORTH    tflLKSSB 

RAIEUH 

V I IS  ON 

vvHITEVILLE 

lUMBZRIDM 

P.OCKy  ^O'JNT 
SA.NFORD 
SALISPURr 
"IJ^  POINT 

ifxin:-tom 

fuc'jay-varin^ 

davidson 

^■CUr'i  OIIVE 


BANK  N/».ME 

A'ACHOVIA  BANK  ANE  TR 
ilZlh    NATIONAI  BANK  0 
FIRST  UNION  NATIONAL 
TBE  NORTHVESTEHN  BAN 
FIRST-CITIZENS  BANK 
BRANCH  BANKING  ANT  T 
UNITED  CAROLINA  BANK 
SOUTHERN  NATIONAL  BA 
OEMTRAL  CAROLINA  BAN 
PEOPLES  BANK  5.  TRUST 
THE  PLANTERS  NiTIONA 
THE  CAROLINA  BANK 
SECURITY  BANK  AND  TR 
HIOH  POINT  BANK  AND 
LEXINiTCN  STATE  BANK 
THE  FIDtLIT'f  BANK 
FIECi'^ONT  BANK  AND  TR 
SOUTHERN  BANK  AND  TR 


/DEPOSITS 

SHARE 

CL 

4: 

737,600 

20.23 

N 

4 

752,^62 

20.12 

N 

3 

,104,534 

13.12 

f! 

1 

950,573 

8.24 

N"^ 

1 

,644,120 

6.95 

NM 

1 

,449,531 

6.12 

NM 

854,221 

3.51 

NY, 

319.129 

3.45 

N 

699,691 

2. £5 

N 

493,333 

2.11 

Nr. 

437,052 

1.55 

N 

210,135 

3.39 

NM 

133,512 

0.80 

m 

142,997 

3.52 

N^ 

123,353 

0.54 

NM 

110,071 

0.47 

NT'' 

108,493 

0.46 

SM 

97,435 

0.41 

N^' 

5950 

y? 

ORANIIE  FALLS 

4910 

NC 

3-'EL3Y 

4379 

"C 

ASHE50R0 

?^3?1 

NC 

RALEIOti 

2017 

NO 

INOELHARC 

2^537 

NC 

CHARLOTTE 

4905 

NC 

REIDSVILLE 

1^013 

NC 

OXFORD 

5955 

NC 

CATAVBA 

15019 

NC 

T  =  OY 

4333 

SC 

CONCORD 

12255 

NC 

EUR  HAM 

14  54i 

NC 

3ATESVILLS 

2035 

^!C 

SRAM  HE  OUARR 

p^ccp 

NC 

SAN  FORE 

15117 

NC 

ROCKINSRA^ 

312 

NC 

CONCORD 

'3145 

NC 

OREENSBORO 

375 

NC 

rflNIERVILLE 

BANK  OF  uRANITE 
TEE  FIRST  NATIONAL  B 
THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  E 
STATE  BANK  OF  RALEIJ 
THE  EAST  CAROLINA  EA 
REPUBLIC  BANK  5.  TRUS 
FIRST  NATIONAL  TANK 
TBE  UNION  NATIONAL  B 
PEOPLES  BANK 
BANK  OF  MONTGOMERY 
TBE  CONCORD  NATIONAL 
MECHANICS  ^  FARMERS 
TARHEEL  BANK  S.    TRUST 
FARMERS  ■;  MERCHANTS 
MID-SOUTH  BANK  AND  T 
RICHMOND  COUNTlf  BANK 
CITIZENS  NATIONAL  3A 
COMMUNITY  BAN!^  OF  CA 
FIRST  STATE  BANK 


36,762 

0 

37 

NM 

75,230 

0 

32 

N 

71,095 

0 

30 

N 

59,753 

0 

29 

NM 

69,232 

0 

29 

NM 

67,573 

0 

29 

NM 

63,364 

0 

27 

N 

53,199 

0 

25 

N 

54.142 

0 

23 

NM 

51,209 

e 

22 

NM 

49,094 

0 

21 

N 

49,473 

0 

.20 

NM 

46,250 

0 

23 

NM 

45,273 

0 

19 

NM 

44,436 

0 

.19 

NM 

42,449 

3 

.lb 

NM 

42,093 

0 

.15 

N 

42,333 

0 

.18 

NM 

40,291 

3 

.17 

NM 

'A'/i-CiS30R3 

PUCr    MOUKTAI 
*'INSr3N-SUFM 

S^irtiFIELIJ 
rllCT    .'iOUNTAI 

3RAHA^ 
:"E?.RlfVTLLE 

3f?EtN3BOf?n 

A.SFFE03  3 

'^HIPFVILLE 

'■IJKLANCS 

?OLIR  OAfS 
LA.KDIS 


I^ARMERS  BAN-<  OF  S'JNB 
THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  B 
THE  HERITAGE  BAf.K 
BAN'K  OF  PILOT  MCUNTA 
CITIZENS  NATIDNAL  BA 
FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK 
FARRIERS  BANK 
THE  BANK  OF  CQRRITUC 
BANK  OF  ALAMANCE 
CHERRYVILIE  NATIONAL 
YADKIN  VALLEY  BANK  A 
TRIAD  BANK 
CANAL  TRUST  COMPANY 
RA\'DCIPS  BANK  5.  TRQS 
COLUMBUS  NATIONAL  BA 
CAROLINA  MOUNTAIN  ^^A 
AVERY  COUNTY  BANK 
BANK  OF  FOUR  OAKS 
MERCHANTS  i  FARMER'S 


*3.233 

0.17 

NM 

38 

36.965 

e.ie 

N 

39 

36.330 

2.15 

NM 

40 

35,251 

0.15 

NM 

41 

31,159 

3.13 

N 

42 

31,110 

0.13 

N 

43 

?B,724: 

0.12 

NM 

44, 

25,774 

0.11 

NM 

45, 

24,471 

0.10 

NM 

46, 

24,392 

3.10 

N 

47. 

23,125 

0.10 

NM 

48, 

22,B22 

0.10 

NM 

49, 

22,522 

0.10 

M 

52. 

22,234 

0.09 

NM 

51. 

18.932 

0.09 

N 

52. 

lB,37e 

0.09 

NM 

53. 

ia,22? 

0.05 

NM 

54. 

17,230 

0.07 

NM 

55. 

15,229 

2.35 

NM 

56. 

D'MHAM 
^■:i^H  POIf.T 
CHAPEL  HILL 

ASH?VILLE 

CHARLCriE 

P  ?  M  '^  R  C  r'  E 

PINE  EFVET 

"^OREHI'ilD  CITY 

CANTOR 

BI  ACt'i'^?Rj 

MNCOINTON 

B'JRLINJIDN 

KAYFTTEi/IIIE 

SPApi^SVILLE 

^■■;rphy 

f^FFMDAFL  I'JDE^  =^0.11: 


^JARANIY,  STATE  BANK 
CENTRAL  SAVINGS  BANK 
ISE  VILLAGE  BANK  OF 
CREFNSEORO  NATIONAL 
FIRST  COMMERCIAL  BAN 
^ETROLINA  NATIONAL  B 
LL'MBFE  BANK 
BANK  OF  FINE  LEVEL 
COUNTY  BANK  fi  TRUST 
THE  BANK  OF  CANDOR 
TPE  BAN'^  0?  BLAEENBO 
LINCOLN  BANK  OF  NORT 
TiE  MORRIS  PLAN  INDU 
•JNIIEC  NATIONAL  BANK 
TRE  BANK  OF  IREDELL 
CITIZENS  BANK 


14,696 

14,271 

14,138 

11,900 

13,246 

10,111 

9,653 

S,452 

3,553 

7,651 

7,231 

5,061 

4,411 

4,051 

3,992 

3,117 


0.05 
0.06 
0.05 
0.05 
0.24 
2.04 
0.04 
0.04 
0.04 
3.23 
0.03 
0.22 
0.22 
0.02 
3.22 
0.01 


23,669,500  TOTAL 


NM 
NM 
NM 

NM 
N 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
N 
NM 
NM 


57 
55 
59 
60 
51, 
62, 
63, 
54, 

65. 

66. 

67. 

69. 

69. 

70! 

71. 

72. 


F-5 


CFRT 

3^ 

CITy 

i992 

N'C 

CH^RLCrii 

917 

f^C 

*nST0N-3ftLE^1 

4?35 

n: 

CHASLorrs 

15535 

\'C 

NORTH  ilILKESB 

11^53 

NC 

RALCIJH 

934e 

"■Z 

*II.SCN 

2325 

NC 

*'HIT£VILLE 

4393 

n: 

Lay,?SRr:N 

2035 

V3 

d'Jrp.a:^ 

59i2 

NG 

RCCKr  YCQNT 

43f"7 

\'C 

RvCCY  HC-JNI 

2^29 

NC 

5/i.NFORD 

9355 

n: 

SALISBJRr 

122?7 

N'C 

Hi:.H  PC  I  NT 

5953 

NC 

CAVILSOiN 

17793 

NC 

LFxrr.rcv 

11527 

NC 

F-JO'JAI-VARINA 

15359 

NC 

^j-JiNT  DLI7i. 

BANK  NAMi 

NCNB  NATIONAL  BANK  0 
■rfACHOVIA  BANK  AND  TR 
FIRST  -JNION  NATIONAL 
THE  NORTKirfESTERN  BAN 
FIRST-CITIZENS  BANK 
BRANCH  BANfCINa  ANE  T 
UNITED  CAROLINA  BANK 
SOJTHERN  NATIONAL  BA 
CENTRAL  CAROLINA  BAN 
PEOPLES  BANK  S.   TRUST 
T'ei  PLANTERS  NATIONA 
THE  CAROLINA  BANK 
SEC'JRITr  BANK  AND  TR 
EISE  POINT  BANK  ANE 
PIEE^Cin  BANK  AND  TR 
LiXirJCrCN  STATE  BANK 
TRE  FIEELITYBANK 
SOUTHERN  BANK  AND  TR 


RC/ASSiTS 

SHARE 

CI   RA: 

7,274,332 

22.40 

N 

6,407,731 

19.73 

N 

5,392,734 

18.45 

N 

2,415,300 

7.44 

NM 

1,95^,573 

5.79 

NM 

1,544,944 

5.27 

NM     1 

939,355 

3.05 

NM 

931,327 

2.73 

N 

797,192 

2.45 

N 

533,125 

1.79 

NM    1 

521,397 

1.55 

'  N    1 

256,399 

0.79 

NM    1 

213,713 

2.55 

NM    1 

151,335 

2.52 

NM    1 

152,333 

0.47 

SV    1 

144.550 

2.45 

NM    1 

124,173 

0.33 

NM    1 

113,331 

0.34 

NM    1 

5952  -JC 

4312  NC 

''Ties?  VC 

4S79  NC 

P:?9S1  N'C 

201?  NC 

4925  NC 

1?013  NC 

5955  NC 

1521?  S'C 

4935  fJC 

12255  NC 

14544  NC 

2235  NC 

21652  \'C 

15117  *1C 

312  NC 

22145  NC 

375  NC 


CRANITL  FALLS 

S^ELBif 

C  il  A  R  L  3  r  r  E 

ASHEBORO 

RAIEna 

FNCELHARE 

REIDSv'ILLE 

OXFORD 

CATAaBA 

TROy 

CONCORD 

DURHAM 

CATKS^ILLE 

CRAM  IE  3UARR 

3ANE0RD 

ROCKINCHAM 

CONCORD 

aREENSEORC 

aTNTERVILLE 


BANK  Of  GRANITE 
THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  B 
REPUBLIC  BANK  ^  TRUS 
THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  E 
STATE  BANK  OF  RALEIG 
THE  EAST  CAROLINA  EA 
FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK 
THE  UNION  NATIONAL  3 
PEOPLES  BANK 
BANK  OF  MONTGOMERY 
TH^  CONCORD  NATIONAL 
MECHANICS  i  FARMERS 
TARHEEL  BANK  ^  TRUST 
FARMERS  &  MERCHANTS 
MID-5CUTH  BANS  AND  T 
RICHMOND  CCUNT'f  BANK 
CITIZENS  NATIONAL  BA 
C3MMUNITY  BANK  OF  CA 
FIRST  STATE  BANK 


F-6 


93,563 

e.30 

NM 

95,160 

3.33 

N 

33,523 

0.26 

NM 

P.2,271 

0.25 

N 

75,737 

0.24 

NM 

76,136 

0.23 

NM 

73, 332 

0.22 

N 

63*.  467 

0.21 

N 

52,534 

0.19 

NM 

57,337 

0.1c 

NM 

55,90? 

0.17 

N 

54,315 

0.17 

NM 

5  2,857 

3.16 

NM 

52.473 

2.16 

NM 

49,759 

0.15 

NM 

49,132 

0.15 

NM 

47,392 

0.15 

N 

47,156 

0.15 

NM 

45,351 

0.14 

NM 

373    VC 
4?1?    H2 


S'JNBURY 
' AE ESBORO 

riLOT\-.OJ^TAI 
SMirKFlELC 
A'IN'3T0^--SALZM 
FILOr    MD'JMAI 

iRAHAM 

C'U"?RlfVILLE 

?LKTN 

NIVIANC 
A^irSVILLE 
FOUR  Z^KS 

LANCI3 


FARMERS  BANfC  Of  SUN'* 
TFIE  FIRST  NATIONAL  B 
THE  HEHITAaE  BANK 
EANK  OF  PILOT  MOUNT& 
FiaST  NATIONAL  BAN^: 
CITIZENS  NATIONAL  Bh 
FARMERS  I3ANK 
IKE  BANFC  CF  CURHITUC 
BANK  CF  ALAMANCE 
CHIRRyviILE  NATIONAL 
IfADKIN  VALLEY  BANK  k 
TRIAD  BANK 
CANAL  TRUST  COMPANY 
RANCOLPH  3ANK  S.  TRUS 
A Vary  COUNTY  EANK 
COLUMBUS  NATIONAL  BA 
BaV^  OF  FOUR  OA^'"^ 
CAROLINA  MOUNTAIN  EA 
MERCHANTS  i  FARMERS 


43,234 
42,153 
41,952 
39,45G 
37.B33 
35,374 
32,123 
29, £33 
C3,757 
27,291 
25,214 
26,140 
25,142 
25,44? 
22,417 
21,559 
20,094 
1£,=22 
17,701 


e.l3 

0.13 
0.13 
0.12 
2.12 
0.11 
0.10 
0.09 
0.09 
0.03 
2.ZS 
0.03 
0.09 
0.03 
0.07 
0.07 
0.05 
0.25 
0.05 


NM 

N 
NM 
NM 

N 

N 
NM 
NM 
NM 

N 
NM 
NM 
NI 
NM 
NM 

N' 
NM 
NM 
NM 


38 
39, 
.40, 
41, 
42. 
43. 
44, 
45. 
46. 
47. 
49. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 
53. 
54. 
55. 
56. 


Zh!i?ll    HILL 

RIaH  POINT 

DURHAM 

CHARLOTTE 

-RZENSBCRO 

ISHEVILLE 

Pi^BROKE 

PINE  LEi'EI 

''CREKESD  CITY 

PIAD^NBORO 

CANDOR 

DUCOLNTON 

SrAIfS^-ILLE 

BURLINCTON 

MURf Hr 

FAYETTE-^IILE 
,^„„        09/30/93 
■E^i;E\'DA;iI  INDEX  =  0.n7 


THE  VILLAGE  BANK  OF 
CENTRAL  SAVINJS  BANK 
GUARANTY  STATE  BANK 
METROLINA  NATIONAL  B 
^REENSBBRO  NATIONAL 
FIRST  COMMERCIAL  BAN 
LUMBEE  BANK 
BANK  OF  PINE  LEVEL 
COUNTY  EANK  S  TRUST 
IBE  BM.f    OF  BLAD5NB0 
THE  BANK  CF  CANDOR 
LINCOLN  BANK  OF  NORT 
THE  BANK  OF  IREDELL 
TiiE  MORRIS  PLAN  INDU 
CITIZENS  EANK 
UNITED  NATIONAL  BANK 


16,933 

16,612 

ie,3S3 

14,432 

13,457 

13,392 

10,908 

10,348 

9,402 

3,599 

3,e58 

5,535 

5,995 

5,397 

4,332 

4,213 


0.25 

0.05 

0.05 

0.04 

0.04 

0.04 

2.03 

0.23 

0.e3 

0.03 

0.23 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 


32,473,177  TOTAL 


NM 
NM 
NM 
N 
N 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
NM 
N 


57. 
53. 
59! 
60. 
61. 
62. 
53. 
54. 
65. 
66. 
67. 
58. 
59 , 

70! 
71. 
72. 


F-7 


APPENDIX  G  ^  ^       ll_- 


COMMENTS  TO  THE  LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  COMMISSION 

ON  THE 

STUDY  OF  THE  REGULATION  AND  TAXATION  OF 

BANKS,  SAVINGS  &  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS,  AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 

JANUARY  12,  1984 


Chairmen  Edwards  and  Warren,  Members  of  the  Commission: 

Gentlemen,  thank  you  for  inviting  me  to  appear  before  you  today. 
As  Administrator  of  Credit  Unions,  I  will  try  tc  provide  you  some 
information  about  state  chartered  credit  unions  as  it  might  relate 
to  the  questions  of  taxation  and  regulation. 

I  believe,  however.  Secretary  Hope  (Secretary  of  Commerce,  C.  C. 
Hope)  has  just  provided  you  with  the  Commerce  Department's  thoughts 
and  comments  in  regard  to  the  specific  areas  on  which  I  was  asked 
to  make  comments.   Therefore,  I  will  not  take  up  your  time  to 
repeat  them.   His  comments  and  the  information  he  gave  you  should 
provide  some  comparisons  between  the  three  regulatory  agencies. 

I  was  asked,  however,  to  outline  the  history  and  jurisdiction  of 
the  Credit  Union  Commission.   Before  I  do,  I  would  like  to  give 
you  a  few  facts  about  our  Division  and  the  number,  size,  and  types 
of  state-chartered  credit  unions  we  regulate. 

THE  DIVISION 

The  Credit  Union  Division  is  a  Special  Fund  agency  and  our  operation 


G-1 


is  supported  entirely  by  supervisory  and  examination  fees  paid  by       ^ 
the  state  credit  unions.   Absolutely  no  General  Fund  monies  are        ^| 
involved  in  our  budget.   But  since  the  funds  are  invested  by  the 
State  Treasurer,  the  General  Fund  does  receive  the  interest  earned 
on  our  cash  balances.   Our  1983-84  budget  is  $526,856.   Although 
we  have  13  budgeted  positions,  we  have  operated  the  last  three 
years  with  11  filled  positions  —  Administrator,  Deputy,  seven 
Examiners  and  two  administrative-clerical  positions. 

During  the  reorganization  of  state  government  in  1971,  the  Credit 

Union  Division  was  transferred  from  the  N.  C.  Department  of 

Agriculture  to  the  Commerce  Department  as  a  type  II  transfer. 

The  Administrator  and  the  division  exercises  all  of  their  prescribed 

statutory  powers  independent  of  the  Secretary  of  Commerce,  but 

the  general  administration  and  management  functions  are  performed      V 

under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  Secretary. 

NUMBER  AND  SIZE  OF  CREDIT  UNIONS 

Presently  there  are  202  state  chartered  credit  unions  and  125 

federal  credit  unions  located  in  North  Carolina.   As  of  December, 

1982,  total  assets  of  state  chartered  credit  unions  were  just 

over  $1  billion  or  $1,054,000,000,  compared  to  assets  of  approximately 

$550,000,000  for  the  federal  credit  unions. 

Less  than  one-tenth  of  the  population  or  approximately  530,000 

people  are  members  of  the  202  credit  unions.   It  is  estimated  that 

over  one-third  of  the  federal  and  state  chartered  credit  unions 

have  less  than  one  full-time  employee;  and  there  are  approximately      M 


there  are  various  state-wide  religious  association  credit  unions, 
church  credit  unions,  and  credit  unions  for  handicapped  groups  such 
as  an  association  of  all  blind  people  in  North  Carolina.   There  are 
.i|>|ii  oxiiiijt.i>  ly  IwctWy  i  uiiii-comniuru  t  y  lyi>('  cjodil  union;'.. 

CREDIT  UNION  COMMISSION 

In  regard  to  the  history  and  jurisdiction  of  the  Credit  Union 
Commission,  it  was  established  in  1971  and  had  its  first  meeting 
in  1972.   It  is  made  up  of  seven  members  appointed  by  the  Governor; 
four  from  the  public  sector  and  three  from  the  credit  union  industry. 

The  Commission  usually  meets  three  times  each  year.   During  the 
last  five  years,  the  average  Commission  cost  per  fiscal  year  has 
been  approximately  $1,550.00. 

Since  1971,  the  Commission  has  functioned  primarily  in  a  review 
and  advisory  capacity.   Although  the  Administrator  has  statutory 
powers  to  issue  various  rules  and  regulations,  the  Commission  is 
vested  with  full  power  and  authority  to  review,  approve,  or  modify 
any  action  taken  by  the  Administrator  of  Credit  Unions  in  the 
exercise  of  all  powers,  duties,  and  functions  vested  by  law  and 
exercised  by  the  Administrator  under  the  credit  union  laws  of  the 
state. 

Therefore,  since  they  have  review  power,  most  rules  are  adopted 
during  a  public  hearing  and  in  conjunction  with  a  Commission  meeting 
so  that  the  Administrator  has  the  opportunity  to  receive  the 


G-3 


5,000  non-compensated,  volunteer  credit  union  directors  and  officials. 

Some  1982  data  from  the  National  Credit  Union  Administration  (NCUA) 
indicates  that  for  all  of  our  state  chartered  credit  unions,  the 
average  savings  per  member  in  our  202  credit  unions  is  approximately 
$1,910.00  and  the  average  loans  outstanding  per  member  is  $2,192.00, 
This  illustrates  that  the  vast  majority  of  the  credit  union  loans 
are  the  small  consumer-type.   There  are  other  statistics   which 
indicate  that  out  of  the  total  savings  on  deposit  in  all  the 
financial  institutions  in  North  Carolina,  the  savings  on  deposit 
in  the  327  credit  unions  make  up  about  4-5%  of  the  total. 

So  in  terms  of  total  assets,  percent  of  total  deposits,  average 
size  of  a  member's  savings  account,  and  average  amount  of  a  member's 
loans  outstanding,  these  figures  for  credit  unions  would  probably 
appear  relatively  small  when  compared  with  those  of  the  other 
financial  institutions. 

TYPES  OF  CREDIT  UNIONS 


There  are  about  as  many  different  types  of  credit  unions  as  there 
are  credit  unions  (202)  .   These  are  primarily  occupational  or 
employer  types,  or  associational ,  residential  or  community  types. 
In  the  employer  type,  there  are  credit  unions  made  up  of  employees 
of  governmental  units  (state  and  local) ;  employees  of  the  postal 
service;  newspaper  companies;  textile  and  manufacturing  companies; 
farm,  meat,  dairy  business;  insurance  companies;  public  utilities; 
hospitals;  paper  and  tobacco  companies;  etc.   Under  associational. 


Commission's  advice  and  concurrence.   There  are  a  few  rules 
which  can  ^lot  be  adopted  without  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Commission. 

The  Commission  has  provided  a  needed  link  between  the  Credit 
Unions  and  the  Administrator  and  vice  versa. 

This  concludes  my  remarks.   Thank  you  for  inviting  me  to  iippear. 
The  Credit  Union  Division  and  the  Commission  will  be  glad  to 
provide  you  with  any  information  which  we  ha\e,  or  which  we  dire 
abiia  to  provide. 


G-5 


APPENDIX  H 


COMMENTS  TO  THE  LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  COMMISSION 

ON  THE 

STUDY  OF  THE  REGULATION  AND  TAXATION  OF 

BANKS,  SAVINGS  &  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS,  AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 

JANUARY  12,  1984 

Chairmen  Edwards  and  Warren,  Members  of  the  Commission: 

I  appreciate  the  invitation  to  appear  before  you  today. 
Secretary  Hope  has  covered  several  of  the  specific  areas  that  I 
was  asked  to  make  comments  about  and  I  see  no  reason  to  restate 
them. 

The  Savings  and  Loan  Division  regulates  a  total  of  82  state 
chartered  savings  and  loans  with  total  assets  of  about  $5.5 
billion.  One  year  ago,  we  had  90  state  chartered  associations 
with  combined  assets  of  just  over  $5  billion.  To  give  you  more 
perspective,  7  years  ago  there  were  138  state  chartered 
institutions  with  $4.8  billion  in  assets.  At  the  end  of  1979,  the 
number  increased  to  157,  with  $6.5  billion  in  assets.  Industry 
consolidation  has  brought  us  back  to  our  present  number  of  82. 

At  year  end  1983,  there  were  68  ftderally  chartered  savings 
and  loans  located  in  North  Carolina  representing  combined  assets 
of  just  over  $9.3  billion.  This  compares  with  48  associations  and 
total  assets  of  $4.9  billion  at  the  end  of  1979. 

The  Savings  and  Loan  Division  is  a  special  fund  agency  and 
our  operation  is  supported  by  supervisory  and  examination  fees 
plus  various  application  fees  paid  by  the  state  chartered 
associations.   No  general  fund  monies  are  involved  in  our  budget. 


H-1 


Our  1983-84  budget  is  $761,181.  I  am  appointed  by  the  Seccetacy 
of  Commerce  and  sprve  at  his  pleasure.  Our  staff  consists  of  a 
Deputy  Administrator,  Chief  Examiner,  nine  Field  Examiners,  Legal 
Specialist,  Administrative  secretary,  and  Clerk  Typist.  Our  main 
statutory  duty  is  the  protection  of  the  investing  public  by 
assuring  the  safety  and  soundness  of  the  state  chartered 
associations. 

The  Division  was  placed  in  the  Department  of  Commerce  as  a 
Type  II  Transfer  in  the  reorganization  of  state  government  that 
took  place  in  the  early  1970 's.  The  Division  exercises  all  of  its 
prescribed  statutory  powers  independent  of  the  head  of  the 
Department  of  Commerce,  except  that  managem^int  functions  are 
performed  under  the  direction  and  sui  srvision  of  the  Secretary  of 
Conmerce. 

The  Savings  and  Loan  Commission  is  composed  of  seven  memberfj 
appointed  by  the  Governor  to  four  year  staggered  terms.  A 
majority  of  the  members  must  be  public  members  and  cit  J  east  two 
members  must  be  active  managing  officers  of  stats  chartered 
associations.  The  Commission  may  review,  approve,  disapprove,  or 
modify  any  action  taken  by  the  Administrator.  Quarterly  meetings 
are  required  for  the  Savings  and  Loan  Commission, 

The  changes  that  have  and  are  continuing  tc  taKe  place 
throughout  the  financial  industry  have  been  responded  to  by  the 
Division  and  the  General  Assembly.  The  General  Assembly , approved 
a  complete  recodification  of  the  statutes  regulatirui  yLale 
chartered  associations  in  the  1981  session.  Significant  changes 
and  additions  to  the  new  statutes  were  made  by  the  General 
Assembly  both  in  the  short  session  of  1982  and  the  session  just 
completed.   These  modifications  were  necessary  in  order  to  keep 


3  - 


pace  with  the  rapidly  developing  new  approaches  in  the  financial 
institution  regulatory  environment. 

The  statutory  changes  I  have  briefly  mentioned  have  allowed 
the  state  chartered  savings  and  loans  the  additional  flexibility 
and  powers  to  enable  them  to  better  meet  the  competitive  forces  in 
the  marketplace.  The  associations  are  nfi#e  able  to  serve  their 
market  and  can  offer  a  wider  range  of  services  than  was  possible 
three  years  ago.  In  spite  of  all  this,  we  continue  to  see  today 
a  savings  and  loan  industry  that  is  still  predominantly  gearing 
its  investments  and  business  to  real  estate  lending.  A  number  of 
our  associations  are  being  innovative  in  their  approaches  to  real 
estate  lending  and  as  a  result,  are  better  able  to  meet  the 
public's  needs  in  this  very  important  area. 

I  think  we  will  continue  to  see  the  savings  and  loan  industry 
in  a  consolidation  and  growth  posture  that  has  been  prevalent  for 
the  last  two  years.  Although  our  final  statistical  information  is 
not  complete  for  1983,  we  have  had  eight  mergers  take  place  during 
the  year  and  the  real  deposit  growth  just  for  state  chartered 
associations  will  be  in  the  $500  to  $600  million  range.  We 
anticipate  that  the  new  charter  activity  will  begin  to  show  life 
after  several  years  of  being  dormant.  W3  do  not,  however,  expect 
the  level  of  new  charter  application  activity  we  experienced  in 
the  1978-1980  time  period. 

Again,  I  thank  you  for  your  invitation  to  appear  here  today. 
We  will  be  glad  to  provide  whatever  information  you  would  want  and 
are  capable  of  providing. 


H-3 


APPENDIX  I 


RIMARKS  OF  JOHN  R.  JORDAN,  JR.,  LEGISLATIVE  COUNSEL  NORTH  CAROLINA  BANKERS 
ASSOCIATION,  TO  A  MEETING  OF  THE  LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  CCWUSSION  STUDY 
CCtWITTEE  ON  THE  RBGULATICN  AND  TAXATION  CF  BANKS  AND  OTHER  FINANCIAL 

iNSTnuriONS 


Senator  Edwards,  Representative  Warren,  distinguished  itenters  of  the  Study 
Cottftdssion.  I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  speak  a  brief  word  on  behalf  of  the 
North  Carolina  Bankers  Association.  First,  let  me  say  that  it  is  the  position 
of  the  banking  industry  of  North  Carolina  that  the  structvire  of  providing 
financial  services  to  the  people  of  North  Carolina  is  sound.  Indeed,  as  to  the 
portion  of  the  structure  relating  to  banks,  I  can  tell  you  that  the  banking 
system  of  North  Carolina  is  the  envy  of  many  other  jurisdictions  to  which  my 
practice  takes  me. 

Nevertheless,  we  deem  it  appropriate  that  you  further  concern  yourselves 
with  the  topics  set  out  in  your  notice  of  16  December  1983.  They  are: 

(1)  whether  there  should  be  a  single  state  regulatory  agency  to 
regulate  and  supervise  all  financial  institutions  in  North 
Carolina; 

(2)  whether  there  are  state  statutory  and  regulatory  provisions 
resulting  in  inequitable  treatment  of  different  types  of 
financial  institutions  and  whether  the  provisions  ought  to  be 
changed;  and 

(3)  whether  there  are  inequities  in  the  state  taxation  of  different 
types  of  financial  institutions,  and  to  indicate  specifically  how 
these  inequities  should  be  remedied. 

As  is  known  to  most  in  this  roan,  these  are  areas  of  interest  vduch  have 
already  received  much  study  in  the  past.  Nevertheless,  we  welcome  the 
opportunity  to  assist  you  in  every  way  as  you  begin  further  consideration  of 
them. 


I-l 


First,  as  .^  -  :-  concept  of  a  single  state  regulatory  agency.  The  North 
Carolina  Bankers  Association  has  not  taken  a  specific  position  on  this  issue  at 
this  tims.   S  have  asked  me  to  express  my  personal  opinicn  on  the 

single  regulatory  agency'  concept  and  I  am  glad  to  do  so.  I  wculd  offer  a  word 
of  cautio"  "'  '-^^^  ..o^^^.io^  hour.  Banking  tluroughout  the  nation  is  in  a 
transitic  _  seen  the  sweeping  changes  which  have  taken  place 

within  the  last  few  years.  Even  others  lie  immediately  ahead.  Therefore,  it  is 


ity  view  that  we  should 
regulator^'  o;-,-,,,--^,-   r- 
will  able 
decision  might  take. 

As  to  the  second  a: 


Txit  a  while  before  changing  the  existing 
Lna.  Nevertheless,  you  may  be  sure  that  we 
aneral  Assentoly  regardless  of  what  form  that 


ems  set  out  m  your  notice,  T  will  address 
them  together.  The  taxat^^..  ^^  ^^.ancial  institutions  has  been  undergoing  study 
and  change  continuously  for  scms  13  years  now  beginning  with  the  legislative 
session  of  1369 . 


w 
m 


^^ 


triie    as    to    savings    ana 


Ls   is  particularly 
jiations   who    sought    and   obtained    from   this 


I-  2 


General  Assenbly  the  right  to  pay  incxme  taxes  on  the  basis  of  a  business 
cx)rporation.  In  this  particular  light  exenption  fran  Intangibles  Tax  of  savings 
accounts  in  savings  cind  loan  associations  becomes  glaringly  inequitable. 

You  have  been  very  patient  here  today  in  hearing  out  a  series  of  speakers. 
I  will  not  iitpose  upon  your  time  further.  I  have,  as  evidence  of  our  good  faith 
and  our  desire  to  cooperate  with  you  fully  the  NCBA  has  created  a  special  task 
force  which  has  been  assigned  to  this  Study  Committee.  The  menibers  of  this  task 
force  stand  ready  to  provide  you  with  any  information  you  require  of  us  to 
assist  you  in  every  way  possible.  I  would  like  to  introduce  them  at  this  time 
as  all  four  members  of  the  task  force  are  present.  They  are: 

Mr.  Joseph  Sandlin,  of  Southern  National  aank 

Mr.  Larry  Hazeltine,  of  NCNB  National  Bank 

Mr.  Thanas  Sanders,  of  Wachovia  National  Bank 

Mr.  Jim  Early,  of  First  Union  National  Bank 
New,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  again  thank  you  for  your  courtesy  and  stand  ready  to 
respond  to  any  questions  I  can  answer. 


I-  3 


APPENDIX  J 

Presentation  on   Behalf  of  the 

NORTH   CAROLINA   LEAGUE  OF   SAVINGS   INSTITUTIONS 

by 

Gordon   P.    Allen,    Legislative  Agent 

January  12,    1984 


Chairmen   Edwards  and  Warren,   Members  of  the  Committee: 

My    name    is    Gordon    Allen    and    I    serve    as    Legislative    Agent   for    the 
North  Carolina   League  of  Savings   Institutions.     We  appreciate  the  opportunity 
to   appear   before  you  today  to  respond  to  the  questions  asked  by  your  staff 
and    to    make    suggestions    as    to    those    issues    which    the    League   feels   merit 
consideration  by  this  Committee. 

If  I  may  spend  a  moment  to  share  with  you  some  recent  history  con- 
cerning regulation  and  taxation  of  savings  and  loans,  I  will  be  better  able 
to  address  your  specific  questions.  During  the  1981  Session  of  the  North 
Carolina  General  Assembly,  two  major  pieces  of  legislation  were  passed 
which  will  have  a  dramatic  impact  on  our  industry  in  the  years  ahead. 
First,  the  entire  body  of  law  governing  the  organization  and  operation  of 
state  chartered  savings  and  loan  associations  was  rewritten.  The  result  of 
a  year  long  study  ably  guided  by  Senator  Edwards  and  former  Representative 
Ruth  Cook,  this  rewrite  accomplished  a  change  in  philosophy  in  the  regulation 
and  supervision  of  savings  and  loans.  It  considerably  broadened  the  oper- 
ational latitude  for  S&L's  while  providing  for  regulators  the  tools  necessary 
to  assure  that  any  new  powers  were  exerci<^3d  in  a  manner  designed  to 
preserve  the  safety  and  soundness  of  the  institution  and  thus  protect  the 
funds  of  the  depositors.  The  second  piece  of  legislation  revised  the  method 
of  taxation  of  S&L's  to  one  which  parallels  that  applicable  to  business  corpo- 
rations generally  in  North  Carolina.  These  two  acts  were  ratified  within  an 
economic  environment  of  excessively  high  interest  rates  which  saw  virtually 
the  entire  savings  and  loan  industry  losing  substantial  sums  of  money. 
That  state  of  economy  made  clear  the  need  to  permit  S&L's  sufficient  diversity 
of    investments    to    remain    viable    throughout    any    economic    cycles.       It    also 


J-1 


underscored  the  unfairness  of  the  then  current  system  of  taxation  which, 
because  it  was  not  tied  to  income,  became  confiscatory  in  nature  as  taxes 
remained  high  while  the  taxpaying  S&L's  were  losing  money. 

Over  the  past  several  years,  the  laws  and  regulations  governing  the 
organization  and  operation  of  federally  chartered  S&L's  have  also  been 
greatly  modified,  primarily  by  two  Congressional  Acts:  the  Depository 
Institutions  Deregulation  and  Monetary  Control  Act  of  1980  and  the  Garn-St 
Germain  Depository  Institution  Amendments  of  1982.  As  the  1981  state  law 
did  for  state  chartered  savings  and  loans  these  two  acts  broadened  consider- 
ably the  investment  authority  of  federal  S&L's.  They  also  deregulated 
completely,  for  all  practical  purposes,  the  rates  which  financial  institutions 
could  pay  for  savings  deposits.  As  with  the  state  law  changes,  the  primary 
impetus  behind  the  federal  enactments  was  the  need  to  assure  that  federal 
S&L's  had  sufficient  investment  flexibility  to  assure  that  they  would  be 
viable  even  during  severe  economic  cycles  of  high  interest  rates. 

One  comment  is  in  order  regarding  what  was  not  accomplished  by  these 
changes  in  state  and  federal  law.  Savings  and  loans  were  not  magically 
converted  to  banks.  The  major  component  of  our  industry's  investment 
portfolios  continues  to  be  residential  mortgages.  More  importantly,  despite 
the  breadth  of  new  investment  authorities,  S&L's  in  North  Carolina  continue 
to  invest  the  vast  majority  of  new  deposits  in  residential  mortgages.  The 
role  our  industry  was  created  to  fulfill  has  not  changed  at  all.  The  new 
powers  were  intended,  and  have  been  used,  and  will  continue  to  be  used, 
to  assure  our  ability  to  remain  the  primary  provider  of  home  mortgage 
financing. 

With  this  background  in  mind,  we  can  turn  to  the  specific  questions 
posed   in  the  Committee's   letter  requesting  our  appearance  today. 

(1)     Should    there    be   a    single   state    regulatory   agency    to  regulate  and 
supervise  ail   financial   institutions  in   North   Carolina? 

We  believe  the  current  regulatory  structure  to  be  adequate  and  efficient. 
There    are    substantial    functional    and    structural    differences    among    banks, 


J-  2 


savings  and  loans,  and  credit  unions.  Properly  so,  as  these  different 
types  of  institutions  pUiy  different  roles  in  our  state's  economy.  Ihis  is 
not  to  suggest  that  there  is  no  overlap  in  those  roles.  That  overlap, 
however,  serves  only  to  create  healthy  competition  which  inures  to  the 
benefit  of  the  consuming  public.  This  competitive  overlap  should  not  obscure 
the  fundamental  differences  which  define  the  different  types  of  financial 
institutions  and  which  warrant  separate  regulators.  If  an  effort  were  made 
to  consolidate  the  regulatory  function;  we  believe  it  would  then  become 
necessary  to  establish  separate  divisions  within  that  new  agency  to  deal 
with  each  type  of  institution.  We  would,  in  effect,  be  right  where  we  are 
now,   with  three  separate  agencies  in  a  single  departmnt. 

The  savings  and  loan  industry  has  just  emerged,  is  still  emerging, 
from  the  most  devastating  period  in  its  history.  During  that  period,  the 
Savings  and  Loan  Division  was  extremely  effective  in  dealing  with  any 
potential  problems  before  they  became  critical.  Other  financial  institutions 
were  impacted  differently  by  the  high  interest  rates  which  caused  so  much 
trouble  for  our  industry.  There  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  a  single 
agency  could  have  responded  better,  or  indeed  as  well,  to  the  traumas  of 
the  past  few  years.  The  North  Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions 
opposes  consolidation  of  the  state's  financial   regulators. 

(2)  Are  there  state  statutory  and  regulatory  provisions  resulting  in 
inequitable  treatment  of  different  types  of  financial  institutiorts 
and   should   such   provisions  be  changed? 

As  noted  above,  the  statutes  governing  regulation  and  taxation  of 
savings  and  loans  were  substantially  rewritten  in  1981,  with  the  tax  changes 
effective  in  1982.  Our  industry's  lack  of  experience  with  these  new  laws 
makes  it  very  difficult  to  judge  the  existence  of  inequities  which  might 
warrant  the  consideration  of  this  Committee.  As  a  general  matter,  however, 
the  General  Assembly  has  traditionally  treated  financial  institutions  differently 
when,  in  that  body's  collective  opinion,  the  different  roles  played  by  the 
various  types  of  financial  institutions  made  such  different  treatment  appro- 
priate. This  Committee  may  wish  to  consider  whether  or  not  such  a  functional 
approach   retains   its  basic  fairness.      If  not,    the  approach   should   be  changed. 


J- 3 


If    it    is    still    fair,    differences    in    treatment   should    continue    to   be   assessed 
with    respect    to   the   different   functions    performed    by    financial    institutions. 

(3)  Are  there  inequities  in  the  state  taxation  of  different  types  of 
financial  institutions,  and  how  specifically  should  these  inequities 
be  remedied? 

Our  comments  to  the  second  question  are  equally  applicable  here. 
Certainly,  differences  in  taxation  exist.  Whether  such  differences  are 
inequitable,  however,  can  only  be  determined  by  the  General  Assembly  in 
light    of    the    reasons    which    may    exist    for    perpetuating    those    differences. 

Once    again    I    would    like    to    thank  the    members    of    the    Committee   for 

inviting   us  to  appear  today.      With  me  is  Paul   Stock,    Executive  Vice  President 

and    Counsel    for   the    League.      Paul    and  I    would    be   happy  to  try  to  answer 
any  questions  you  might  wish   to  ask. 


J- 4 


LEGISLATIVE  RESEARCH  COMMISSION 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  TAXATION  AND  REGULATION 

OF  BANKS,  SAVINGS  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS 

AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 

Presentation  of  Mr.  Gordon  P.  Allen 

North  Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions 

November  9,  1984 


J-B 


Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee: 

On  behalf  of  the  North  Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions,  thank  you 

for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today  and  for  the  considerable  amount 

of  diligent  effort  you  have  already  devoted  to  fulfilling  the  charge  given  you 
by  the  General  Assembly. 

In  his  letter  to  us,  Mr.  Sullivan  stated  that  this  Committee  had  chosen  to 
"turn  its  attention  once  again  to  the  issue  of  taxation  of.  .  .  financial 
institutions  and  their  depositors."  He  requested  that  we  present  "our  specific 
beliefs  and  their  underlying  reasons  as  to  what  inequities,  if  any,  exist  re- 
garding differing  state  tax  treatment  of  the  various  types  of  financial  insti- 
tutions. .  ."  He  asked  that  we  relate  the  burdens  imposed  by  such  inequities 
and  any  legislative  recommendations  for  eliminating  them. 

With  respect  to  the  general  taxation  of  savings  and  loan  associations  by 
the  state,  as  most  of  you  know,  the  General  Assembly  rewrote  Article  8D  of  G.S. 
Chapter  105  during  the  1981  Session.  Prior  to  that  revision,  S&L's  paid  a  tax 
based  on  total  deposits  that  was  unrelated  to  the  institutions'  profitability  or 
ability  to  pay.  In  support  of  our  contention  that  such  a  method  of  taxation  was 
unfair  and  could  even  prove  to  the  confiscatory  during  periods  when  our  members 
were  losing  money,  we  presented  a  study  and  analysis  of  the  taxation  of  savings 
and  loan  associations  prepared  by  the  accounting  firm  of  Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell 
&  Co.  The  1981  revision  was  intended  by  the  General  Assembly  to  result  in  a 
method  of  taxation  comparable  to  that  imposed  on  other  businesses  in  North 
Carolina.  When  we  received  this  Committee's  request  to  appear  today,  we  asked 
Peat  Marwick  to  analyze  the  current  state  tax  structure  for  S&Ls  to  see  if  that 
legislative  intent  has  been  realized.  The  results  of  their  analysis  are  attached 
to  the  copies  of  our  written  presentation  which  have  been  distributed  to  the 
members  of  the  Committee.  Without  taking  time  to  review  their  entire  report, 
let  me  just  say  that  the  revisions  appear  to  be  working  as  intended. 

In  turning  next  to  briefly  address  the  Committee's  question  about  inequi- 
ties in  the  taxation  of  financial  instiutions  and  their  depositors,  please  allow 
me  to  restate  some  of  the  points  made  by  the  League  when  you  first  discussed 
these  same  issues.  Differences  in  treatment  of  the  various  financial  institu- 
tions are  not  rendered  inquitable  merely  because  they  are  not  the  same.  Where 
those  differences  are  founded  on  valid  distinctions  among  the  entities  being 
taxed  and  are  consistent  with  a  valid  goal  or  policy  to  be  fostered,  it  would, 
in  fact,  be  inequitable  to  treat  those  institutions  alike.  Credit  unions  pay 
no  state  taxes.  This  treatment  is  clearly  a  benefit  our  membership  would  like 
tc  share.  Credit  unions,  however,  are  afforded  this  benefit  because  they  are 
seen  as  being  different  from  other  types  of  financial  institutions  in  that 
they  are  not  free  to  deal  with  the  public  generally,  but  are  restricted  to  a 
membership  sharing  a  common  bond  or  community  of  interest.  The  services  they 
can  offer  are  limited  to  those  which  are  consistent  with  that  limited  member- 
ship. The  Congress  of  the  United  States  and  the  North  Carolina  General  Assembly 
have  identified  this  "different"  type  of  institution  as  deserving  of  "different" 
tax  treatment.  We  would  not  presume  to  suggest  that  merely  because  this  treat- 
ment is  different,  it  is  also  inequitable. 

Contrary  to  a  frequently  expressed  misconception,  savings  and  loan  associ- 
ations have  not  become  commercial  banks,  nor  will  they.  Some  of  the  differences 
which  previously  distinguished  these  two  types  of  entities  have  disappeared,  it 
is  true.   Very  fundamental  differences,  however,  continue  to  exist.   Foremost 


J-6 


among  these  differences  is  the  continuing  conunitment  of  the  thrift  industry  to 
the  financing  of  residential  estate.  Having  witnessed  the  devastating  impact  of 
downturns  in  the  real  estate  market  coupled  with  high  costs  of  deposits  created 
by  deregulation  of  savings  accounts,  both  Congress  and  the  General  Assembly  have 
moved  to  broaden  the  investment  authority  of  savings  and  loans.  This  was  not 
done  to  lure  thrifts  away  from  making  home  loans,  but  rather  to  provide  suffi- 
cient tools  to  retain  sufficient  financial  strength  to  continue  to  make  home 
loans.  These  broadened  powers  have  greatly  increased  the  direct  competition 
between  banks  and  S&Ls  for  establishment  of  relationships  with  retail  con- 
sumers. In  marketing  many  of  these  services,  like  interest  bearing  checking 
accounts,  thrifts  have  encouraged  the  blurring  of  the  lines  of  distinction 
between  themselves  and  commercial  banks  as  a  means  of  penetrating  a  market  which 
has  belonged  exclusively  to  the  banks  in  years  past. 

But  when  you  examine  the  other  structural  differences  which  have  tradi- 
tionally distinguished  banks  from  thrifts,  little  has  changed  despite  all  the 
deregulation  which  has  taken  place.  The  wholesale  or  commercial  market  is  still 
the  domain  of  the  commercial  banks.  Commercial  demand  deposit  authority,  the 
cornerstone  of  the  relationship  between  a  bank  and  its  business,  as  opposed  to 
consumer,  customers  remains  the  exclusive  province  of  the  banks.  The  lending 
patterns  of  commercial  banks  do  not  have  the  home  mortgage  emphasis  which  con- 
tinues to  characterize  the  savings  and  loan  industry.  If  the  importance  of  this 
distinction  is  unclear,  let  me  point  out  that  the  difference  in  investment 
portfolios  resulted  during  1981,  when  interest  rates  were  at  unprecedented 
levels,  in  record  earnings  for  the  commercial  banking  industry  and  record  losses 
for  the  savings  and  loan  industry.  Even  at  today's  much  lower  levels,  1984  will 
probably  be  a  break-even  year  for  our  industry  in  North  Carolina.  I  do  not 
know,  but  suspect,  that  the  banking  industry  will  fare  somewhat  better. 

If  I  might  make  one  more  brief  point  in  closing.  The  last  time  you 
addressed  this  subject,  a  member  of  this  Committee  asked  if  S&Ls  would  remains 
S&Ls  or  if  they  would  all  become  banks.  To  some  extent,  the  answer  to  that 
question  rests  heavily  on  the  actions  taken  by  Committees  such  as  yours  and 
the  entire  General  Assembly.  If  you  continue  to  place  a  high  priority  on  home 
finance;  and  if  you  adopt  policies  that  foster  and  encourage  that  priority;  S&Ls 
will  continue  to  be  home  lending  specialists.  If  policies  are  adopted  that 
encourage  a  change  in  emphasis  to  more  lucrative  forms  of  investment,  our 
industry  may  well  be  deprived  of  any  choice  in  the  matter. 

Although  each  type  of  financial  institution  is  treated  somewhat  differently 
by  the  state,  we  believe  these  differences  Lo  be  based  on  value  judgments  made 
by  the  General  Assembly  and  can  identify  no  inequities  which  we  feel  must  be 
elminated. 


J-7 


TAXATION  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA  SAVINGS  AND  LOAN 
ASSOCIATIONS  BY  THE  STATE  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Prepared  for  che 
North  Carolina  League  of  Savings  Institutions 


by 


Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  &  Co. 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina 


J-8 


Taxation  of  North  Carolina  Savings  and  Loan 
Associations  by  the  State  of  North  Carolina 


The  purpose  of  this  report  is  to  present  an  analysis  of  the  taxation  of 
North  Carolina  savings  and  loan  associations  by  the  State  of  North 
Carolina  and  to  compare  this  tax  structure  with  that  of  other  North 
Carolina  business  corporations.   This  study  also  compares  present  law 
with  prior  law  to  illustrate  that  several  prior  inequities  between 
savings  and  loan  associations  and  general  business  corporations  have 
been  remedied. 

I.  Applicability  of  Various  State  Taxes  to  Savings  and  Loan  Associations 
and  Other  Business  Corporations 

The  following  table  lists  the  types  of  state  taxes  to  which  savings 
and  loan  associations  and  general  business  corporations  are  subject. 

Type  of  Tax 

Income 

Franchise 

Intangible  personal  property 

Sales  and  use 

Real  property 

Tangible  personal  property 

This  study  will  focus  only  on  franchise,  income  and  intangible 
personal  property  taxes  because  the  other  taxes  are  comparable  for 
savings  and  loan  associations  and  general  business  corporations. 

II.  Description  of  North  Carolina  Taxes 

A.   Income  Tax 

Under  prior  law,  savings  and  loan  associations  and  general  business 
corporations  were  both  taxed  on  net  income.   The  tax  on  savings  and 
loan  associations  was  called  an  excise  tax.   The  rates  assessed  on 
net  income  were  as  follows: 

1.  Savings  and  loan  associations  7*2% 

2.  General  business  corporations  6% 

As  a  result  of  a  previous  study  of  North  Carolina  taxation  of  savings 
and  loan  associations,  the  law  was  changed  effective  for  taxable 
years  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  1982  so  that  savings  and 
loan  associations  are  now  subject  to  the  income  tax  at  the  same 
6%  rate  as  general  business  corporations. 


J-9 


The  major  difference  in  the  determination  of  net  income  for  savings  and 
loan  associations  and  general  business  corporations  is  the  computation 
of  the  bad  debt  deduction.   Savings  and  loan  associations  are  entitled 
to  partial  relief  from  federal  income  tax  by  use  of  a  bad  debt  deduction 
computed  by  statutory  formula.  Because  North  Carolina  taxable  income  is 
computed  by  starting  with  federal  taxable  income  and  making  certain 
adjustmants  thereto,  this  bad  dabc  deduction  also  reduces  North  Carolina 
taxable  Income.   Savings  and  loan  associations  are  entitled  to  a  bad 
debt  deduction  computed  under  one  of  three  methods.   The  percentage-of- 
eligible-loans  method  allows  a  deduction  for  the  amount  required  to 
raise  the  loan  loss  reserve  to  0.6%  of  eligible  loans.   A  second  method 
allows  savings  and  loan  associations  to  write-off  the  actual  losses 
incurred  during  the  year  with  respect  to  these  loans.   Alternatively,  a 
savings  and  loan  association  may  claim  a  bad  debt  deduction  equal  to  40% 
of  its  taxable  income. 

Under  the  Tax  Equity  and  Fiscal  Responsibility  Act  of  1982,  the  bad  debt 
deduction  computed,  under  the  percentage-of -eligible- loans  method  or  the 
percentage-of-taxable-income  method  must  be  reduced  by  15%  of  the  amount 
by  which  the  deduction  exceeds  actual  losses  incurred,  effective  for 
taxable  years  beginning  after  1982.   The  Tax  Reform  Act  of  198A  increased 
the  cutback  in  the  deduction  to  20%  effective  for  taxable  years  beginning 
after  1984. 

B.   Franchise  Tax 

The  franchise  tax  is  computed  at  the  rate  of  $1.50  per  $1,000  of  taxable 
value  and  is  now  assessed  against  all  corporations  other  than  exempt 
organizations.   It  is  assessed  on  the  highest  of  the  following  three 
values: 

1.  Total  of  capital  stock,  surplus  and  undivided  profits 
(net  worth) ; 

2.  Investment  (generally  book  value)  in  tangible  property, 
real  and  personal,  located  in  North  Carolina; 

3.  Total  assessed  value  of  all  property  located  in  North 
Carolina  including  the  net  value  of  all  property  subject 
to  North  Carolina  intangible  tax. 

Both  savings  and  loan  associations  and  general  business  corporations  are 
now  subject  to  the  franchise  tax.   Under  prior  law,  savings  and  loan 
associations  were  liable  for  the  share  and  deposit  tax  rather  than  the 
franchise  tax. 

The  old  share  and  deposit  tax  (known  as  the  capital  stock  tax  prior  to  a 
1979  law  change)  was  assessed  against  savings  and  loan  associations  at 
the  rate  of  $.75  per  $1,000  of  the  aggregate  amount  of  savings  deposits 
held  by  such  associations.   This  tax  was  similar  to  the  franchise  tax 
assessed  against  general  business  corporations,  in  that  it  is  a  tax  for 
the  privilege  of  doing  business  in  North  Carolina.   However,  the  franchise 
tax  is  assessed  either  on  asset  value  or  net  worth;  the  net  worth  base 
reflects  the  association's  profitability  because  it  includes  undivided 
profits.   The  share  and  deposit  tax  was  assessed  on  liabilities  and  did 


J-10 


not  relate  to  the  association's  profitability.   This  tax  was  assessed  on 
both  stock  associations,  which  are  owned  by  shareholders,  and  on  mutual 
associations  in  which  the  depositors  are  considered  to  be  the  corporate 
shareholders.   Again,  as  a  result  of  a  previous  study  showing  that  the 
savings  and  loan  industry  paid  a  disproportionate  share  of  taxes  to  the 
State  of  North  Carolina,  the  law  was  changed  effective  December  31,  1982 
to  make  savings  and  loan  associations  liable  for  the  franchise  tax 
rather  than  the  share  and  deposit  tax. 

C.  Intangible  Personal  Propency  Tax 

This  tax  is  assessed  on  the  following  classes  of  intangible  property  at 
the  rate  specified: 

Rate 

1.  Money  on  deposit  based  upon  the 
average  of  bank  deposit  balances 
at  February  15,  May  15,  August  15, 

and  November  15  $.10  per  $100 

2.  Money  on  hand  at  the  end  of  the 

taxable  year  $.25  per  $100 

3.  Excess  of  accounts  receivable  over 
accounts  payable  at  the  end  of  the 

taxable  year-  $.25  per  $100 

4.  Excess  of  notes,  bonds,  mortgages 
and  other  written  evidences  of 
debt  over  similar  types  of  debt 

payable  $.25  per  $100 

5.  Shares  of  stock  based  upon  market 

value  at  December  31  $.25  per  $100 

Savings  and  loan  associations  are  required  to  pay  intangible  tax 
on  deposits  in  banks  and  money  on  hand.  However,  they  are  exempt 
from  taxation  on  accounts  receivable;  notes,  bonds,  mortgages  and  other 
evidences  of  debt;  and  shares  of  stock.   Also,  customers  of  savings  and 
loan  associations  do  not  have  to  pay  intangible  tax  on  their  deposits  in 
savings  and  loans. 


Conclusion 

According  to  a  previous  tax  study.  North  Carolina  savings  and  loan 
associations  paid  a  disproportionate  share  of  state  taxes  under  prior 
law.  However,  savings  and  loan  associations  are  currently  taxed  by  the 
State  of  North  Carolina  in  basically  the  same  manner  as  general  business 
corporations,  with  the  exceptions  noted  above. 


J-11 


APPENDIX  K 
Gentlemen : 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  appear  before  you  and  to  state  the 
position  for  the  credit  unions  in  North  Carolina  in  connection 
with  your  consideration  of  the  question  of  regulatory  and 
taxation  provisions  as  they  apply  to  commercial  banks,  savings 
and  loan  associations  and  credit  unions. 

We  are,  and  have  been,  well  aware  of  the  1981-82  annual 
report  of  the  State  Treasurer  and  his  premise  for  his  recommen- 
dations and  agree  that  during  the  past  several  years  there  have 
been  many  changes  of  great  magnitude  in  the  commercial  banking 
business  and  the  savings  and  loan  industry.   While  he  may  be 
right  in  his  conclusion  that  in  the  eyes  of  the  public,  these  two 
types  of  institutions  are  all  financial  institutions  offering 
similar  or  identifiable  services,  the  hard  fact  is  that  credit 
unions  are  neither  commercial  banks  nor  savings  and  loans.   The 
historical  distinction  between  commercial  banking  business,  the 
savings  and  loan  industry  on  the  one  hand,  and  credit  unions  on 
the  other,  has  not,  as  a  practical  matter,  disappeared  and  we  are 
here  Concerned  primarily  with  retaining  the  uniqueness  of  the 
credit  unions  in  North  Carolina  and  preserving  the  ability  of 
these  institutions  to  effectively  carry  out  the  purposes  for 
which  they  were  organized. 


K-1 


The  Treasurer  suggested  Chat  the  regulatory  process 
should  be  made  uniform  and  standardized  if  these  institutions 
(including  credit  unions)  are  to  compete  fairly  and  equitably. 
Historically,  these  financial  institutions  have  not  been 
homogenized  and,  in  our  opinion,  and  especially  for  the  survival 
of  credit  unions,  they  should  not  be  homogenized  into  a  single 
group. 

We  oppose  any  change  in  the  present  regulatory  and  tax 
provisions  as  they  relate  to  credit  unions  and  don't  wish  to  be 
involved  in  problems  that  may  or  may  not  exist  in  connection  with 
the  commercial  banking  or  the  building  and  loan  industries.   We 
do  wish,  however,  to  point  out  that  there  has  been  no  basic 
change  in  philosophy  or  structure  or,  if  you  please,  the 
uniqueness  of  the  credit  union  and  its  role  as  a  financial 
institution . 

IVhat  is  a  credit  union?   A  credit  union  might  best  be 

defined  as  groups  of  people  within  identifiable  boundaries  who 

save  their  money  together  and  make  low  cost  loans  to  each  other 

from  the  accumulated  funds.   G.S.  §54-109.1  defines  a  credit 

union  and  states  the  purposes  of  a  credit  union  as  follows:  • 

"A  credit  union  is  a  cooperative,  non- 
profit association  incorporated  under 
Articles  14(a)  to  14(1)  of  this  Chapter 
for  the  purposes  of  encouraging  thrift 
among  its  members,  creating  a  source  of 
credit  at  a  fair  and  reasonable  rate  of 
interest  and  providing  an  opportunity 
for  its  members  to  use  and  control  their 
own  money  in  order  to  improve  their 
economic  and  social  condition." 


K-2- 


The  credit  union  was  born  out  of  a  real  need  of  people 
of  average  means  -  many  of  them  wage  earners,  employee  groups, 
and  some  of  them  community  groups,  mostly  minority  groups  -  to 
obtain  credit  for  consumer  goods,  a  void  that  existed  in  the 
early  days  and  which,  without  credit  unions,  would  exist  today. 
People  saving  their  money  together  and  helping  each  other  -  a 
truly  cooperative  effort.   As  time  has  passed,  this  objective  has 
not  changed  and  the  credit  union  philosophy  is  the  same  today. 
As  you  will  see,  these  groups  are  not  in  the  public  domain  making 
commercial  loans,  they  have  and  still  remain  a  source  of  consumer 
credit  for  their  members  and  in  addition  to  providing  this 
consumer  credit,  credit  unions  encourage  systematic  thrift  and 
educate  members  and  their  families  in  the  prudent  management  of 
their  own  money. 

In  North  Carolina  we  have  327  credit  unions.   202  or 
61.87o  of  these  are  State  chartered,  and  125  or  38. 2%  are 
Federally  chartered.   More  than  165  or  50.51  of  these  credit 
unions  have  less  than  $500,000  in  assets.   Over  one-third  of  the 
credit  unions  have  less  than  one  full-time  employee  and  there  are 
approximately  5,000  volunteers,  non-compensated,  who  provide  the 
services  of  the  credit  unions  to  members. 

How  is  the  credit  union  unique?   Unlike  any  other 
financial  institution  today,  the  credit  unions  do  not  serve  the 
general  public.   They  are  limited  to  accepting  savings  and  making 


K-3- 


loans  to  those  who  are  within  the  credit  union's  defined  field  of 
membership.   They  are  mutual,  non-profit  organizations  whose 
activities  are  confined  to  its  members.   No  one  may  obtain  a  loan 
or  other  benefit  unless  he  falls  within  the  defined  field  of 
membership  and  has  savings  in  the  credit  union.   The  members  own 
and  control  the  credit  union  and  they  share  in  its  distribution 
of  earnings  as  well  as  in  the  retained  reserves  in  the  event  of 
dissolution.   Each  member,  unlike  in  ordinary  stock  corporations, 
has  one  vote  regardless  of  the  number  or  size  of  his  accounts. 
All  income  after  expenses  and  required  reserves  ultimately  is 
returned  to  the  members  in  the  form  of  dividends.   These  divi- 
dends are  fully  taxable  as  interest  and  there  are  no  exemptions 
or  exclusions  such  as  the  exclusion  allowed  by  stock  dividends 
under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

The  non-tax  status  insofar  as  income  tax  is  concerned 
is  well  established  by  the  Federal  government  and  has  been  well 
reasoned  and  supported  by  the  State  governments. 

In  this  presentation  to  you  the  Committee  to  study  the 
regulation  and  taxation  of  these  three  separate  and  distinct 
types  of  institutions,  I  would  like  to  point  out  in  outline  form 
the  following: 


K-4- 


UNIQUENESS  OF  CREDIT  UNIONS 

Credit  Unions  are  non-profit,  member-owned  cooperative 
financial  institutions.   Membership  is  limited  to  persons  within 
a  well-defined  field  of  membership  --  general  employment,  assoc- 
iation, or  geographic  in  nature.  Credit  unions  are  democratically 
controlled  with  each  individual  member  of  the  credit  union  having 
one  vote,  regardless  of  the  number  of  accounts  or  of  dollars  on 
deposit  at  the  credit  union.   As  democratically  controlled 
financial  cooperatives,  the  consumer  orientation  of  these 
institutions  is  insured.   These  unique  financial  institutions 
return  to  their  owner -members  every  penny  of  money  earned  in 
excess  of  operating  expenses  and  required  reserves. 

STATUTORY  FRAMEWORK 

The  North  Carolina  Credit  Union  Act  and  the  Federal 
Credit  Union  Act  establish  a  statutory  framework  that  ensures  the 
unique  character  of  credit  unions.   The  key  features  common  to 
credit  union  statutes  include: 

1.  A  well  defined  field  of  membership. 

2.  Volunteer  leadership. 

3.  Democratic  control  with  each  member  having  one  vote 
regardless  of  the  number  of  dollars  they  have 
deposited  with  the  credit  union. 


K-5- 


4.  Non  profit  status  and  no  capital  stock. 

5.  Statutory  reserves. 

6.  Exemption  from  federal  and  state  income  taxation. 
During  the  past  half  century,  the  fundamental  purposes, 

goals  and  objectives  of  credit  unions  have  remained  unchanged. 

INCOME  TAX 

Under  the  present  law,  credit  unions,  both  federally 
and  state  chartered,  are  and  have  been  exempt  from  federal  income 
tax  since  1917  as  result  of  a  ruling  of  the  Attorney  General  and 
later  by  specific  statutory  provisions  and  North  Carolina 
likewise  has  exempted  credit  unions  from  corporate  income  tax, 

OTHER  TAXES 

G.S.  §105-122  is  not  applied  to  credit  unions  because 
they  do  not  have  any  capital  stock.   Intangible  taxes  paid  by  the 
institution  under  G.S.  §105-199  is  not  collected  from  credit 
unions  because  the  credit  union  itself  has  no  ownership  interest 
in  money  on  hand.   As  to  the  exemption  from  the  other  intangible 
taxes,  accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable,  shares  of  stock, 
under  G.S.  §§105-201,  202  and  203,  respectively,  this  is  valid 
because  a  credit  union  obtains  money  from  its  members  to  lend  to 
its  members  and  it  makes  these  loans,  mostly  small  consumer  loans 
only  to  its  members.   With  respect  to  intangibles  tax  paid  by 


K-6- 


depositors,  this  exemption  was  a  concession  made  when  the 
administration  or  regulation  of  credit  unions  was  made  self 
sufficient  and  supported  solely  by  fees  from  credit  unions.   More 
than  two-thirds  of  the  credit  unions,  both  state  and  federally 
chartered,  do  not  have  automated  data  processing  and  maintain  all 
of  their  record  keeping  manually.   The  cost  of  handling  such  an 
item  would  be  prohibitive. 

If  we  go  to  a  system  which  would  assess  some  taxes 
against  our  state  chartered  credit  unions,  and  not  against 
federally  chartered  credit  unions,  we  would  soon  have  no  more 
state  chartered  credit  unions  as  all  would  immediately  convert  to 
federally  chartered  credit  unions.   On  the  other  hand,  if  it  is  a 
question  of  imposing  these  additional  taxes  on  credit  unions  so 
as  to  weaken  the  position  of  these  institutions,  then  we  can 
assume  that  we  would  eventually  do  away  with  the  majority  of  the 
credit  unions  in  existence  in  North  Carolina  today. 

The  license  tax  provisions  of  G.S.  §105-102.3  is  a 
special  provision  applying  only  to  banks  or  banking  institutions 
and  was  worked  out  in  an  overall  scheme  of  taxation  applying 
uniquely  to  commercial  banks. 

State  chartered  credit  unions  do  pay  all  sales  and  use 
taxes  and  all  ad  valorem  taxes. 


K-7- 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CREDIT  UNIONS 

FIELD  OF  MEMBERSHIP 

Credit  unions  are  not  open  to  the  general  public.  In 
North  Carolina  8A.5%  of  the  state  chartered  credit  unions  are 
occupational  or  governmental  onployee  related  (64.5%  or  129 
credit  unions  have  occupational  fields  of  membership;  20%  or  40 
credit  unions  are  made  up  of  governmental  employees,  federal, 
state  or  local  fields  of  membership).   Of  the  total  credit 
unions,  federally  and  state  chartered  in  North  Carolina,  67.9%  or 
220  credit  unions  are  occupational  fields;  17.3%  or  56  credit 
unions  are  government  employee  fields  (either  federal,  state  or 
local).   The  remaining  are  limited  to  associations  or  community 
groups.   It  is  easy  to  see  that  the  vast  majority  of  credit 
unions  are  perceived  to  be  an  employee  benefit  supported  by  the 
employer . 

Credit  unions  continue  to  rely  on  member  savings  to 
generate  funds  for  loans.  Nationally,  credit  union  membership 
has  grown  from  approximately  5  million  in  1951  to  now  more  than 
47  million  individuals.   However,  despite  this  growth  the 
percentage  of  deposits  in  credit  unions  in  relation  to  those  of 
all  financial  institutions  has  remained  about  4%  in  the  last 
decade.   Response  to  changing  economic  conditions  and  the  use  of 
new  technology  have  not  altered  the  uniqueness  of  credit  unions 
either  in  structure  or  basic  savings  and  lending  services. 


K-8. 


VOLUNTEERS 

North  Carolina  and  federally  chartered  credit  unions 
rely  heavily  on  the  use  of  volunteers  to  run  credit  unions.   By 
statute  board  members  and  committee  members  may  not  be 
compensated  for  their  service  as  such.   As  stated  earlier,  in 
North  Carolina,  over  one-third  of  the  credit  unions  have  less 
than  one  full-time  employee.  We  have  already  referred  to  the 
democratic  control  and  mutual  ownership  not  for  profit  but  for 
service  philosophy  to  its  members  posture  of  credit  unions.   And 
while  there  have  been  changing  member  needs  from  the  original  low 
cost  consumer  loans  to,  in  some  cases,  share  draft  accounts  and 
mortgage  loans  available,  this  has  been  done  without  changing  the 
structure  or  philosophy  of  the  credit  unions  (the  opportunity  of 
its  members  to  use  and  control  their  own  money).   Credit  unions 
have  not  become  banks,  lending  is  still  restricted  to  its  members 
and  while  credit  unions  are  authorized  a  fairly  broad  range  of 
consumer  lending  powers,  credit  unions  offer  only  those  loan 
services  sought  by  their  members .   Only  a  small  percentage  of 
credit  unions  engage  in  mortgage  lending  and  only  14  of  the  202 
North  Carolina  State  chartered  credit  unions  offer  share  draft 
accounts.  Clearly,  credit  unions  today  remain  a  reflection  of 
their  members'  wishes. 


K-9- 


REGULATION 

A  dual  chartering  system  of  credit  unions  has  worked 
well  in  North  Carolina;  sixty-one  point  seven  (61.77o)  percent  of 
the  credit  unions  operating  in  North  Carolina  are  state 
chartered.  Our  credit  union  division,  a  part  of  the  Department  of 
Commerce,  headed  by  a  competent  administrator,  has  done  a  good 
job  in  assuring  the  survival  of  the  credit  unions  in  North 
Carolina  and  has  done  a  lot  to  preserve  the  very  valuable 
services  rendered  to  the  members  of  the  credit  unions.   The 
Credit  Union  Commission,  which  is  vested  with  the  power  and 
authority  to  review,  approve  or  modify  actions  of  the 
administrator,  is  appointed  by  the  Governor,  whose  administration 
is  basically  responsible  for  the  overall  policy  as  regards  all 
financial  Institutions  and  the  Banking  Commission,  Savings  and 
Loan  Commission,  as  well  as,  the  Banking  Commissioner  and  the 
Savings  and  Loan  Administrator,  are  all  under  the  Department  of 
Commerce  and  responsible  to  the  same  administration.   Credit 
unions  are  entirely  different  and  unique-type  institutions,  large 
and  small,  and  should  remain  so  in  order  to  preserve  the  valuable 
services  rendered  by  the  members  to  themselves  through  this 
unique  opportunity. 

SUMMARY 

From  the  standpoint  of  credit  unions,  it  is  certainly 
true  that  this  type  financial  institution  has  maintained  a 


K-10- 


historical  distinction  between  either  the  commercial  banking 
business  or  the  savings  and  loan  industry.  It  has  today  retained 
that  distinction  and  should  not  be  homogenized  into  a  group  as 
suggested  by  the  State  Treasurer.   The  credit  union  offers  very 
distinct  services  to  its  members  and  only  its  members  and  to 
place  them  under  the  same  regulatory  body  as  the  other  commercial 
financial  institutions  and  to  upset  the  balance  that  now  exists 
would  be  to  destroy  the  whole  concept  which  has  so  well  served 
the  people  of  our  State. 


K-U 


APPENDIX  L  .^?«^   '^''^^  ^-r^...t:^ 


*W'. 


'^ 


»tatc  of  ^'ortl]  Carolina 


LEGISLATIVE  OrriCE  BUILDINC. 


_  ,  ,  CLYDE  SMITH 

Di'ji;irfmi'nt   uf  tlir    J^crrrtanj   of  JMate  deput.  sicreiahv  of  siAif 

»     I    ■     I  '.',,•  t  ,  BRENOACCIMS 

Klllnjlll  27hll  COI.POI.*T,ON..TTO»N|v 

THE  CAPITOL  F  DANIEL  BELL  HI 

DEPUTY  SECURITIES  ADMINISTBATOR 

THADEURE  Charles  w  moore 

SECRETARY  OF  STATE  .  DEPUTY  UCC  FILING  OCFICEB 

JOHN  L  CHENEY  JR 

DIRECTOR  OF  PUBLICATIONS 
LUDELLE  R  HATLEY 

NOTARIES  PUBLIC  DEPUTY 


M  E  M  O  R  A 


TO:   The  Committee  on  Regulation  and  Taxation  of  Banks,  Savings 
and  Loans,  and  Credit  Unions 

FROM:   F.  Daniel  Bell,  III 

Deputy  Securities  Adminis 

RE:   Regulation  of  Money  Market  Funds 

DATE:   March  15,  1984 

I.   BACKGROUND 

Money  market  funds  are  defined  in  the  NASAA  glossary  of 

securities  terms  as  follows: 

"Also  called  a  liquid  asset  or  cash  fund,  it 
is  a  mutual  fund  whose  primary  objective  is 
to  make  higher  interest  securities  available 
to  the  average  investor  who  wants  immediate 
income  and  high  investment  safety.   This  is 
accomplished  through  the  purchase  of  high 
yield  money  market  instruments  such  as  U.S. 
government  securities,  bank  certificates  of 
deposit  and  commercial  paper." 


Inc .  or 

"NASAA"  is  an  association  of  the  Securities  Administrators  of  the 
fifty  states,  Canadian  providences  and  territories,  Mexico,  Puerto 
Rico,  and  District  of  Columbia  dedicated  to  the  cause  of  investor 
protection 


L-1 


Money  market  funds,  are  a  type  of  mutual  fund  (open-end,  manage- 
ment investment  companies)  which  invest  in  short-term  money 
kTtarket  instruments  such  as  commercial  paper,  certificates  of 
deposit  and  United  States  Government  obligations.   There  are 
mutual  funds  designed  for  every  sort  of  investment  objective  - 
mutual  funds  invested  in  common  stocks,  or  invested  in  corporate 
bonds  -  in  addition  to  money  market  funds. 

Mutual  funds  provide  an  economical  way  by  which  an  investor 
of  modest  means  cam  obtain  the  same  professional  advice  and 
diversification  of  investments  as  an  institution  or  a  wealthy 
individual.   Mutual  funds  enable  thouseinds  of  investors  to 
pool  their  resources  in  a  fund  which  invests  in  a  large  nvunber 
of  securities  under  the  supervision  of  a  professional  investment 
adviser.   The  shareholders  of  the  fund  are  its  owners  and  are 
entitled  to  all  of  its  net  income,  which  consists  of  the  gross 
income  generated  by  the  fund's  investments  less  operating 
expenses  such  as  investment  advisory,  custodial  and  accounting 
fees.  A  fund  is  required  to  buy  back  (rede«n)  a  share  whenever 
requested  to  do  so  by  a  shareholder. 
II.   FEDERAL  REGULATION  OF  MOWEY  MARKET  FUNDS 
A.   Securities  Act  of  1933; 

Unlike  other  corporations,  money  xaarket  funds  and 
other  mutual  funds  offer  their  shares  to  the  public  on 
a  continuous  basis.   Therefore,  fund  shares  must  always 
be  registered  for  sale  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  ("SEC")  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933. 
Consequently,  a  money  market  fund  must  provide  potential 
investors  with  a  current  prospectus  which  makes  detailed 
disclosures  about  the  fund's  management,  its  investment 
policies  and  objectives  and  its  investment  activities. 
These  prospectuses  are  reviewed  by  the  SEC  staff  to 


L  -2- 


determine  their  adequacy  and  completeness.   The  Securitier. 
Act  of  1933  also  limits  the  types  of  advertisements  which 
may  be  used  by  a  money  market  fund. 

Under  SEC  rules,  money  market  funds  must  include  a 
yield  quotation  in  their  prospectuses,  and  this  quotation 
must  be  computed  by  use  of  a  standardized  method  in  accord- 
ance with  SEC  rules.   In  order  to  provide  comparability 
and  uniformity  in  advertising,  money  market  funds  which 
advertise  yield  must  also  utilize  this  method  in  their 
advertisements. 
Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934; 

The  purchase  and  sale  of  money  market  fund  shares, 
as  with  all  securities,  are  subject  to  the  anti-fraud 
provisions  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934, 
most  notably  Rule  lOb-5.   Rule  lOb-5  meikes  it  unlawful 
in  connection  with  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  security, 
for  any  person,  directly  or  indirectly  by  the  use  of  any 
means  or  instrumentality  of  interstate  commerce,  or  of 
the  mails,  or  of  any  facility  of  any  national  securities 
exchange : 

1.  to  employ  any  device,  scheme,  or  artifice  to 
defraud; 

2 .  to  make  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact 
or  to  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  in 
order  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the 
circumstances  under  which  they  -"re  made,  not  mis- 
leading; or 

3.  to  engage  in  any  act,  practice,  or  course  of 
business  which  operates  or  would  operate  as  a  fraud 
or  deceit  upon  any  person. 

Investment  Advisers  Act  of  1940; 

Investment  advisers  to  money  market  funds  must  register 


L  -3- 


with  the  SEC  under  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  of  1940. 

The  Advisers  Act  prohibits  advisers  from  engaging  in 

various  transactions  which  would  constitute  conflicts 

of  interest,  and  requires  them  to  maintain  and  preserve 

various  books  and  records  which  are  subject  to  SEC 

inspection. 

Investment  Company  Act  of  1940; 

Moreover,  the  money  market  fund  itself,  unlike  other 
corporations,  must  be  registered  with  the  SEC  under  the 
Investment  Company  Act  of  1940.   In  addition  to  requiring 
periodic  reports  to  shareholders  and  the  SEC,  the  Invest- 
ment Company  Act  of  1940  contains  numerous  provisions 
designed  to  prevent  self-dealing  and  other  conflicts  of 
interests,  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  fund  assets  and 
to  prevent  the  payment  of  excessive  fees  and  charges  by 
the  fund  and  its  shareholders. 

Among  other  requirements,  the  Investment  Company  Act 
of  1940: 

1.  requires  that  at  least  40%  of  a  funds'  directors  be 
independent  of  its  investment  adviser; 

2.  requires  that  the  fund's  investment  advisory  contract 
be  approved  by  a  majority  of  these  independent  direc- 
tors; 

3.  sets  forth  broad  provisions  prohibiting  transactions 
between  the  fund  and  its  investment  adviser  or  any 
"affiliated"  person; 

4.  provides  for  judicial  remedies  with  respect  to  the 
level  of  compensation  received  from  the  fund  and  its 
shareholders  by  fund  affiliates; 

5.  prohibits  a  fund  from  deviating  from  its  fundamental 
investment  policies  without  shareholder  approval; 


L  -4- 


6.  requires  the  bonding  of  fund  officers  and  employees; 

7.  requires  that  fund  shares  be  valued  daily  to  assure 
a  fair  price  for  both  sales  and  redemptions;  and 

8.  authorizes  the  SEC  to  bring  action  against  affiliated 
persons  who  have  engaged  or  are  about  to  engage  in 

any  act  or  practice  constituting  a  "breach  of  fiduciary 
duty  involving  personal  misconduct." 
The  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940  spells  out  requirements 
for  the  custodianship  of  mutual  fund  assets  and  pursuant 
to  its  rulemaking  authority  the  SEC  has  adopted  detailed 
regulations  relating  to  the  custodianship  of  such  assets, 
which  also  are  subject  to  periodic  audit.   The  Act  also 
contains  provisions  permitting  criminal  prosecution  for 
any  serious  violation  of  that  statute. 

Money  market  funds  are  also  subject  to  SEC  examina- 
tion and  each  money  market  fund  has  been  inspected  on  at 
least  three  separate  occasions  since  late  1979.    These 
inspections  focus  upon  compliance  with  specific  require- 
ments of  the  federal  securities  laws  summarized  above. 
STATE  REGULATION  OF  MONEY  MARKET  FUNDS 
A.   Regulation  of  the  Issuance: 

Chapter  78A  of  the  North  Carolina  General  Statutes, 
commonly  referred  to  as  the  North  Carolina  Securities  Act 
is  based  upon  the  Uniform  Securities  Act  and  was  adopted 
April  13,  1974,  effective  April  1,  1975  replacing  the 
predecessor  Securities  Act.   The  State  of  North  Carolina 
has  regulated  the  securities  industry  since  the  1920 's. 

G.S.  78A-24  provides  that  it  is  unlawful  for  any  per- 
son to  offer  or  sell  any  security  in  North  Carolina  unless 


Data  provided  by  the  Investment  Company  Institute  ("ICI") ,  a 
national  association  of  the  American  mutual  fund  industry. 


L  -5- 


the  security  is  registered  under  Chapter  78A  of  the 
General  Statutes  or  the  security  or  transaction  is  exempt 
pursuant  to  G.S.  78A-16  or  78A-17.   A  money  market  fund 
unit  or  share  is  a  security  as  defined  in  G.S.  78A-2(11) 
and  due  to  the  absence  of  an  applicable  exemption,  regis- 
tration with  the  Securities  Division,  Department  of  the 
Secretary  of  State  is  required. 

The  registration  requirements  are  prescribed  by  G.S. 
78A-26  as  coordinated  process  in  conjunction  with  federal 
registration  of  the  securities  with  the  SEC  pursuant  to 
the  Securities  Act  of  1933.  The  applicant  is  required  to 
file  with  the  Securities  Division  the  following  documents 
and  information;  along  with  a  consent  to  service  of  process 
naming  the  Secretary  of  State  as  service  agent: 

1.  an  application  for  registration  of  securitias; 

2.  a  copy  of  the  latest  prospectus  filed  under  the 
Securities  Act  of  1933; 

3.  a  copy  of  any  indenture  or  other  instrument  governing 
the  issuance  of  the  security; 

4.  all  future  amendments; 

5.  appropriate  filing  and  registration  fees;  and 

6 .  any  other  information  or  copies  of  any  other  documents 
filed  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  as  the  Adminis- 
trator may  request. 

Upon  review  of  the  documents  and  information  submitted, 
the  Administrator  may  issue  a  stop  order  denying  effective- 
ness to,  or  suspending  or  revoking  the  effectiveness  of 
any  registration  statement  pursuant  to  G.S.  78A~29  if  he 
finds  that  there  are  deficiencies  or  problems  with  the 
money  market  fund  and  that  such  an  order  is  in  the  public 
interest.   Circumstances  giving  rise  to  such  an  order  include; 


L-6- 


1.  The  registration  statement,  or  any  amendments  thereto, 
is  incomplete  in  any  material  respect  or  contains  any 
false  or  misleading  statements; 

2.  The  person  filing  the  registration  statement,  the 
issuer  -  including  any  partner,  officer,  director, 
or  any  person  directly  or  indirectly  controlling  or 
controlled  by  the  issuer  -  or  any  underwriter  has 
willfully  violated  any  provision  of  the  Securities 
Act  or  any  rule,  order,  or  condition  thereunder; 

3.  The  money  market  fund  is  the  subject  of  an  adminis- 
trative stop  order  or  preliminary  or  permanent  in- 
junction entered  by  any  court  of  competent  jursidic- 
tion  under  any  State  or  federal  act  which  applies 

to  the  offering; 

4.  The  money  market  fund's  method  of  business  includes 
any  illegal  activities; 

5.  The  offering  has  worked  or  tended  to  work  a  fraud 
upon  purchasers; 

6.  The  offering  has  been  or  would  be  made  with  unreason- 
able amounts  of  underwriters'  and  sellers'  discounts, 
commissions,  or  other  compensation,  or  promoters' 
profits  or  participation;  and 

7.  The  issuer  failed  to  file  any  amendments  to  the 
prospectus. 

The  securities  laws  of  North  Carolina  also  provide 
for  regulation  of  advertising  and  contains  antifraud  pro- 
visions similar  to  the  federal  Rule  lOb-5  minus  the  inter- 
state commerce  requirement.  Whenever  it  appears  to  the 
Administrator  that  any  person  has  engaged  or  is  about  to 
engage  in  any  act  or  practice  in  violation  of  the  state 
securities  laws,  the  Administrator  may  seek  a  court  ordered 
injunction.   The  court  may  appoint  a  receiver  or  conservator 
for  the  defendant  or  the  defendant's  assets.   The  Adminis- 
trator is  equipped  with  investigatory  powers  and  may  refer 
any  willful  violation  of  the  securities  laws  to  the 


appropriate  district  attorney  for  criminal  prosecution. 
A  willful  violation  is  a  felony  punishable  by  fine  up  to 
$5,000  and/or  imprisonment  up  to  5  years.  Additionally, 
civil  remedies  are  provided  to  any  investor  aggrieved 
due  to  the  defendants  violation  of  the  Securities  Act. 
Regulation  of  the  Seller: 

A  second  level  of  investor  protection  is  provided  by 
G.S.  78A-2(2)  and  18  NCAC  6.1305  in  the  requirement  that 
all  mutual  funds,  including  money  market  funds,  in  excess 
of  $500,000  or  100  purchasers  be  sold  by  a  registered 
securities  dealer  other  than  the  issuer.   G.S.  78A-36{a) 
also  requires  that  every  applicant  for  a  securities 
dealer  license  be  registered  with  the  SEC  and  that  any 
person  representing  or  proposing  to  represent  a  dealer  in 
effecting  transactions  in  securities  be  licensed  as  a 
securities  salesman.   G.S.  78A-39  provides  the  Adminis- 
trator a  process  of  screening  all  dealer  or  salesman 
applicants  by  providing  the  ability  to  deny  an  applica- 
tion for  certain  reasons  where  denial  is  within  the  public 
interest.   Also  the  Administrator  may  issue  public  censures 
or  suspend  or  revoke,  in  whole  or  in  part,  a  dealer  or  sales- 
man's license  where  certain  violations  have  occurred  and 
such  action  is  within  the  public  interest. 

Dealers  are  subject  to  both  federal  and  state  minimum 
net  capital  or  bonding  requirements,  record  keeping  re- 
quirements, antifraud  provisions,  supervisory  responsi- 
bilities, prohibitions  against  unethical  or  dishonest 
practices  in  the  securities  business;  civil  remedies  and 
criminal  sanctions.   Salesmen  applicants  must  pass  federal 
and  state  examinations  and  are  likewise  subject  to  federal 
and  state  antifraud  provisions,  prohibitions  against  un- 
ethical or  dishonest  practices,  civil  remedies  and  criminal 
sanctions. 


L-8- 


Dealers  and  salesmen  are  federally  regulated  by  the 
National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD"), 
a  self  regulatory  organization  chartered  by  the  SEC  in 
addition  to  regulation  by  the  SEC. 
REVIEW  OF  MONEY  MARKET  FUI'JDS  BY  1981  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY 

On  April  1,  1981,  Senate  Bill  353  entitled  "An  Act  to 
Amend  Chapter  53  of  the  General  Statutes  to  Require  that  Money 
Market  Investment  Programs  Offered  By  Persons  Who  Are  Not 
Banks,  Savings  And  Loan  Associations,  Industrial  Banks  or 
Credit  Unions  Shall  Hereafter  Be  Regulated  Under  the  State 
Banking  Laws"  was  introduced  by  Senator  Robert  Jordan.   The 
effect  of  the  proposal  would  have  been  to  bring  money  market 
funds  under  the  definition  of  banks,  subjecting  them  to  all 
statutory  provisions  of  Chapter  53  and  the  rules  thereunder. 
The  Secretary  of  State  opposed  the  bill  because,  since  such 
funds  cannot  qualify  as  a  bank,  the  effect  would  have  been  to 
prohibit  the  sale  of  such  funds  to  residents  of  this  State 
thereby  precluding  North  Carolina  investors  from  seeking  the 
higher  yield  provided  by  these  funds.   Further  the  Secretary 
of  State  asserted  that  the  problems  with  these  funds  as  perceived 
by  competing  financial  institutions  are  best  addressed  by 
Congress  as  a  national  policy  rather  them  a  regional  prohibi- 
tion. 

Senator  Jordan  subsequently  offered  a  substitute  Senate 
Joint  Resolution  to  the  Senate  Banking  Committee  entitled  "A 
Joint  Resolution  Memorializing  Congress  to  Study  the  Expansion 
of  the  Jurisdiction  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to  Include 
Money  Market  Funds  for  the  Purpose  of  Implementing  National 
Economic  and  Monetary  Policy".   Although  the  resolution  passed 
the  Senate,  its  passage  failed  in  the  House. 


L  -9- 


INCOMPATABILITY  OF  BAI^KING  LAWS 

Investment  companies  are  organized  and  structured  pursuant 
to  the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940.   Current  State  banking 
regulation  is  not  designed  for  an  entity  of  this  nature.  The 
imposition  of  Chapter  53  upon-  investment  companies  offering 
money  market  funds  would  have  the  effect  of  eliminating  such 
funds  as  an  investment  opportunity  for  North  Carolina  residents 
whereas  the  State's  banking  laws  may  be  suitable  for  bank 
deposits  which  create  a  debtor-creditor  relationship,  they 
are  inappropriate  for  money  market  funds  offering  equity 
shares. 

For  example,  G.S. §53-80,  requires  that  a  least  three- 
quarters  of  the  directors  of  a  bank  be  residents  of  North 
Carolina.   G.S. §53-2  requires  that  a  bank  have  its  principal 
office  in  North  Carolina.   Compliance  with  these  provisions 
would  be  virtually  impossible  for  nearly  all  funds.   Similarly, 
G.S.  §53-50  of  the  banking  laws  requires  a  bank  to  maintain 
reserves.   The  maintenance  by  money  market  funds  of  such  non- 
interest  bearing  reserves  would  reduce  the  investment  return 
to  fund  shareholders,  not  only  in  North  Carolina  but  throughout 
the  nation.   In  order  to  protect  the  rights  of  fund  shareholders 
in  the  other  49  states,  the  funds  would  probably  be  forced  to 
cease  offering  their  shares  in  North  Carolina. 

The  North  Carolina  banking  laws  also  contain  a  variety 
of  restrictions  on  the  capital  structure  of  banks.   In  addition 
to  the  reserve  requirements,  shareholders  must  pay  into  a 
surplus  fund  50%  of  the  value  of  their  common  stock,  and 
increases  and  decreases  in  capital  stock  require  special 
approval  of  shareholders.   These  requirements  are  appropriate 
for  banks  because  two  groups  of  persons  "invest"  in  a  bank: 
one  or  more  classes  of  shareholders  who  own  the  bank  and  share 
in  its  profits,  and  its  depositors  who  are  guaranteed  a  specific 
rate  of  return.   Money  market  funds,  on  the  other  hand,  under 
federal  law  may  have  only  one  class  of  investors,  their  share- 


L-10- 


holders,  and  the  rights  of  all  shareholders  must  be  identical. 
The  shareholders  of  a  money  market  fund  own  100%  of  the  fund 
and  under  federal  law  are  entitled  to  their  proportionate 
share  of  a  fund's  assets  and  undistributed  income  when  they 
redeem  their  shares. 

The  primary  thrust  of  both  federal  and  state  securities 
regulation  is  to  provide  full  and  fair  disclosure  to  investors. 
Thus  all  prospective  investors  in  money  market  funds  must  be 
provided  with  a  prospectus,  prepared  and  delivered  pursuant  to 
both  federal  and  state  securities  laws,  to  provide  adequate 
information  upon  which  a  potential  investor  may  bass  his  or 
her  investment  decision.   Federal  and  North  Carolina  banking 
laws  do  not  impose  similar  disclosure  requirements. 

In  addition,  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  money 
market  funds  must  pay  at  least  90%  of  their  income  as  dividends. 
G.S.  §53-87  and  G.S.  §53-88  contain  restrictions  on  the  payment 
of  dividends  which  are  inconsistent  with  federal  law. 
DISTINCTIONS  BET^^ffiEN  MONEY  MARKET  FUNDS  AND  BANK  DEPOSITS 

A  money  market  fund  share  is  a  share  of  common  stock  upon 
which  dividends  are  declared  only  to  the  extent  of  the  fund's 
net  income  which  varies  from  time  to  time.   The  value  of  an 
investor's  interest  in  a  fund  can  also  fluctuate  as  the  value 
of  the  fund's  portfolio  rises  or  falls.   On  the  other  hand, 
a  bank  deposit  creates  a  debtor-creditor  relationship  and 
represents  a  liability  of  the  bank  to  the  depositor,  provid- 
ing a  fixed  rate  of  return  in  the  form  of  interest,  and  deposit 
insurance  up  to  specified  amounts. 

Notwithstanding  this  fundamental  distinction,  many  who 
have  attempted  to  equate  money  market  funds  with  bank  deposits 
have  focused  on  the  so-called  "check-writing"  feature  offered 
by  the  funds.   Today  money  market  mutual  funds  and  other  mutual 


L  -11- 


funds  offer  investors  expedited  methods  of  redemption,  thai 
is,  methods  by  which  an  investor  may  obtain  part  or  all  of 
the  current  value  of  his  investment  in  the  fund. 

Because  the  customary  mutual  fund  share  redemption  proce- 
dures can  be  cumbersome  and  time  consuming,  money  market  funds 
have  devised  methods  of  expedited  share  redemption.   For 
example,  many  money  market  funds  have  entered  into  arrangements 
with  banks  whereby  fund  shareholders  can  write  checks  against 
their  fund  account.   When  an  investor  writes  a  check,  the 
bank  verifies  that  the  customer's  account  is  sufficient  and 
obtains  the  funds  from  the  account  to  cover  the  check. 

According  to  ICI,  the  check  redemption  system  has  been 
examined  by  several  regulatory  authorities,  including  the 
Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  the  Assistant  Attorney  General 
of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  the  General  Counsel  of  the 
Federal  Reserve  Board,  SEC  Commissioners  and  Attorneys  General 
in  several  states,  who  have  unanimously  concluded  that  check 
redemption  procedures  do  not  cause  a  money  market  fund  to  be 
engaged  in  the  business  of  banking. 


LL-12 


,C^£ly^    <.^<U.C^    ^yi*.-^  c^^*i-X 


'/ 


ifrtHtr  of  ^\irtl|  Carolina 

DrpartmrnJ   nf  tlii-    S'l-rn-tari)   of   Jfrhitr 
Kalcinb   2 7 till 


l.EGlSLATIve   OFFICE   HulLDlNC. 


BRENOA  E  GIBBS 

CORPORATIONS  ATTQ 

F  DANIEL  BELL  III 
DEPUTY  secuRiTies  < 

CHARLES  V»  MOORE 

JOHN  L  CHENEY  JR 
niRtCTOR  OF  PUBLIC 

LUDELLE  R  HATLEY 
NOTARIES  PUBLIC  DC 


MEMORANDUM 

TO:   The  Committee  on  Regulation  and  Taxation  of  Banks, 
Savings  and  Loans,  and  Credij^  Unions 

FROM:   F,  Daniel  Bell,  III 

Deputy  Securities  Admi: 

RE:   Merrill  Lynch  Cash  Management  Account 

DATE:   March  15,  1984 

I.   INTRODUCTION; 

Although  practically  every  major  brokerage  firm  and 
many  regional  firms  now  offer  a  program  similar  to  Merrill 
Lynch 's  Cash  Management  Account  ("CMA") ,  this  memo  will 
describe  the  structure  and  regulation  of  the  CMA  since  this 
program  was  the  first  of  its  kind  having  originated  in  1977 
and  beccuse  the  CMA  has  served  as  the  basic  freimework  for 
the  establisliment  of  competing  programs.   The  CMA  is  in 
actuality  not  an  account  but  rather  a  service  that  links 
together  several  accounts.   The  component  parts  have  been 
linked  together  by  utilization  of  computer  technology.   The 
three  components  are  as  follows: 
II.   SECURITIES  ACCOUNT 
A.   Description: 

The  initial  component,  the  securities  account  is  a 
traditional  brokerage  account  that  allows  a  customer 
to  buy  securities  on  a  fully  paid  or  margin  basis.   Each 
customer's  securities  account  is  insured  up  to  $500,000 
from  the  Securities  Investors  Protection  Corporation 


L-13 


("SIPC") .   Some  brokerage  firms  secure  additional 
insurance  coverage.   Purchase  of  securities  on  a  margin 
basis  is  a  means  where  the  customer  may  leverage  the 
account  or  purchase  securities  on  credit.   The  brokerage 
firm  will  advance  credit  to  the  customer  secured  by  the 
securities  in  the  account.   The  credit  limits  are  regu- 
lated by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  but  generally  amount 
to  50%  of  the  value  of  the  securities  in  the  account. 
The  interest  rate  on  margin  loans  ranged  from  11  1/4% 
to  12  3/4%  for  Merrill  Lynch  on  August  2,  1983,  for  example. 
In  other  words  for  every  present  dollar  of  value  in 
securities  the  customer  may  purchase  another  dollar  of 
securities  on  credit  or  may  receive  fifty  cents  in  cash. 
The  end  result  is  that  no  more  than  50%  of  the  securities 
account  may  be  purchased  on  credit  and  that  credit 
amount  is  secured  by  securities  in  the  account.   Should 
the  value  of  the  securities  decline  such  that  the  extended 
credit  exceeds  50%,  the  customer  will  receive  a  "margin 
call"  for  the  deposit  of  additional  funds. 
Regulation; 

The  extension  of  credit  on  margin  is  regulated  by 
the  Federal  Reserve  Board  under  Regulation  T.  The  bro- 
kerage firm,  the  stockbroker,  and  the  handling  or  main- 
tenance of  the  account  is  regulated  by  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission  ("SSC")  under  the  Securities  Exchange 
Act  of  1934;  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers, 
Inc.  ("NASD")  a  self  regulatory  associatioi  of  all  bro- 
kerage firms,  supervised  and  chartered  by  the  SEC,  the 
New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  the  Securities  Division  of 
the  North  Carolina  Department  of  Secretary  of  State. 
Such  federal  and  state  regulation  includes  the  licensing 
of  brokerage  firms  and  stockbrokers  which  may  be  suspended, 
revoked  or  restricted;  record  keeping  requirements; 
minimum  net  capital  or  bonding  requirements  of  brokerage 
firms;  examination  of  stock  brokers;  prohibitions  against 


-2- 


L-14 


unethical  or  unfair  practices  of  both  brokerage  firms 
and  stockbrokers;  audits  of  brokerage  firms;  and  anti- 
fraud  provisions.   Additional  federal  and  state  laws 
provide  for  censure,  cease  and  desist  orders,  court 
ordered  injunctions,  receiverships,  civil  remedies 
and  criminal  sanctions. 
III.   MONEY  MARKET  FUND; 

NOTE:   Refer  to  memo  encaptioned  "Regulation  of  Money 
Market  Funds"  for  a  description  and  discussion 
of  the  regulation  of  such  funds. 
Within  the  context  of  the  CMA,  the  money  market  fund  is 
maintained  at  a  value  of  $1.00  per  share,  thereby  the  total 
of  shares  ovmed  by  the  customer  also  represents  dollar  value. 
Dividends  are  declared  daily,  after  allowance  for  expenses, 
and  automatically  purchase  additional  shares.  Also  any  free 
credit  balances  in  the  securities  margin  account  (i.e.  any 
cash  that  may  be  transferred  out  of  the  securities  account 
without  giving  rise  to  interest  charges)  are  automatically 
invested  in  the  money  market  fund.   Free  credit  balances 
may  arise  from  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  securities  or 
from  accumulated  dividends  paid  on  the  securities  deposited 
in  the  account.   For  free  credit  balances  less  than  $1,000, 
the  sweep  in  the  money  market  fund  is  weekly  and  for  amounts 
of  $1,000  or  more,  the  sweep  is  daily.   The  daily  declaration 
of  dividends  by  the  money  market  fund  and  the  sweeping  of 
free  credit  balances  into  the  fund  are  designed  to  maximize 
earnings  for  the  customer.   These  purchases  of  money  market 
fund  shares  do  not  generate  a  sales  commission  for  the 
brokerage  firm.   A  customer  may  redeem  shares  upon  request. 
Daily  dividends  continue  until  settlement  which  is  usually 
five  days. 


-3- 

L-15 


The  money  market  fund  is  not  held  by  the  brokerage  firm 
but  rather  the  funds  are  wired  through  the  banking  system 
to  a  bank  serving  as  custodian.   Therefore  the  fund  is  not 
insured  by  SIPC  nor  is  it  insured  by  FDIC  at  the  bank  since 
the  bank  serves  as  custodian  rather  than  a  depository.  The 
question  of  safety  of  such  funds  in  the  custody  of  the  bank 
should  be  directed  to  banking  regulators,  however  the  SEC 
does  exercise  audit  powers  over  a  bank  in  its  performance 
as  custodian  for  a  money  market  fund. 

Due  to  the  success  of  the  money  market  fund  CMA,  Merrill 
Lynch  has  made  available  under  essentially  the  same  freunework 
a  CMA  Tax  Exempt  Fund  for  investment  in  tax  exempt  securities, 
a  CMA  Government  Securities  Fund  for  investment  in  govern- 
ment securities,  and  a  CMA  Insured  Savings  Account  Program 
which  is  an  insured  savings  account.   The  customer  is  free 
to  choose  one  of  these  funds  in  lieu  of  the  money  market  fund. 
ZERO  BALANCE  CHECKING  ACCOUNT; 

This  checking  account  is  maintained  at  the  bank  and  is 
provided  to  mutual  customers  of  the  bank  and  the  brokerage 
firm.   The  account  is  opened  with  the  bank;  however  the 
checks  are  printed  by  the  brokerage  firm.   The  customer 
does  not  make  an  initial  deposit  into  the  checking  account 
but  rather  is  provided  a  line  of  credit.   The  authoriza- 
tion limit  is  computed  as  the  total  of  the  uninvested  free 
credit  balance  in  the  security  account,  the  net  assets 
value  of  the  money  market  fund  shares,  and  the  available 
margin  loan  value  of  the  securities  in  the  securities 
account  as  determined  pursuant  to  Regulation  T.   The  author- 
ization limit  will  fluctuate  daily  and  therefore  is 
"refreshed"  daily.   The  authorization  limit  is  not  based 
upon  credit  rating  but  rather  a  measure  of  real  value. 


-4- 


L-16 


The  customer  may  use  this  line  of  credit  to  make  purchases 
of  merchandise  and  services  or  to  receive  cash  advances. 

The  checking  account  has  two  access  vehicles:   a 
Visa  charge  card  and  a  check  book.   Unlike  standard  credit 
card  account  procedures  where  bills  are  rendered  monthly, 
the  bank  will  notify  the  brokerage  firm  daily  as  to  the 
amount  of  any  Visa  card  or  check  charges  that  have  been 
received  and  paid  by  the  bank.   The  brokerage  firm  will 
promptly  make  payment  to  the  bank,  thereby  avoiding  interest 
payments  to  the  bank,  to  the  extent  that  sufficient  funds 
can  be  provided:   first  from  the  free  credit  balances,  if 
any,  held  in  the  securities  account;  second,  from  the  proceeds 
of  redemption  of  money  market  fund  shares;  and  third,  should 
these  sources  prove  insufficient,  the  brokerage  firm,  within 
the  available  margin  loan  value,  will  advance  such  moneys 
to  the  bank.   Any  such  advancement  by  the  brokerage  firm  is 
secured  by  securities  in  the  securities  account  and  interest 
is  charged  the  customer  by  the  brokerage  firm  from  the  day 
the  brokerage  firm  makes  payment  to  the  bank  at  the  same 
rate  and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  interest  charged  by  the 
brokerage  firm  for  other  margin  loans. 

Should  the  sources  of  funds  noted  above  prove  to  be 
insufficient  to  satisfy  all  amounts  owing  the  checking  account, 
the  bank  may  advance  the  balance  and  will  impose  a  charge  of 
up  to  18%  per  annum.   Also  should  the  customer  enter  a 
stop  payment  or  have  a  check  returned  for  insufficent  funds, 
the  bank  will  charge  its  customary  fee. 
PERIODIC  REPORTS  AND  VARIOUS  FEES: 

Each  month  the  customer  receives  from  the  brokerage  firm 
a  statement  detailing  all  securities  bought  or  sold  in  the 
customer's  securities  account,  whether  on  margin  or  on  a 
fully  paid  basis;  margin  interest  charges,  if  any;  the  number 
of  money  market  fund  shares  that  were  purchased  or  redeemed 
and  all  purchases  of  merchandise  and  services  and  cash 
advances  that  were  made  with  the  checking  account. 


-5- 

L-17 


The  customer  also  will  be  billed  for  an  annual  CMA  fee, 
presently  $50.   This  fee  partially  defrays  the  costs  of 
maintaining  and  servicing  the  CMA  accounts,  including  the 
processing  charges  of  the  bank  which  is  paid  by  the  broker- 
age f  m.   The  brokerage  fi^in  also  receives  a  distribution 
fee  from  the  money  market  fund  and  a  deposit  brokerage  fee 
from  the  depository  institutions  with  respect  to  deposits 
in  the  money  market  deposit  accounts  available  through  CMA 
Insured  Savings  Account  Program. 

The  customer  will  receive  a  periodic  billing  statement 
from  the  bank  which  will  detail  any  overdrafts  honored  by 
the  bank  plus  finance  charges  thereon,  payments,  credits  and 
the  balance  due. 
CONCLUSION 

The  Merrill  Lynch  CMA  is  a  packaging  of  three  regulated 
accounts  linked  together  by  computer.   The  securities  account 
and  money  market  fund  as  discussed  above  are  subject  to 
regulation  by  the  Securities  Division  of  the  Department  of 
Secretary  of  State.   It  is  my  opinion  that  the  State's 
securities  regulation  of  these  two  components  is  sufficient 
particularly  when  considered  in  conjunction  with  the  applicable 
federal  securities  regulation.   The  third  component,  the 
zero  balance  checking  account,  is  provided  by  a  bank  through 
the  brokerage  firm.   The  question  of  adequacy  of  banking 
regulation  of  this  component  should  be  directed  to  banking 
regulators.   Further  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  CMA  is 
a  packaging  of  services,  each  of  which  have  been  independently 
available  for  some  time,  the  CMA  has  provided  a  vehicle  to 
deliver  these  services  to  a  customer  in  a  convenient  manner 
that  minimizes  time  delays  and  cost,  and  at  the  same  time 
seeks  to  maximize  earnings  for  the  customer.   In  my  view,  I 
see  no  reason  for  further  state  regulation  and  I  have  not 
witnessed  any  groundswell  of  securities  regulatory  concern 
over  CMA  type  programs.  Due  to  the  national  character  of 


L-18 


the  securities  industry  and  specifically  the  activity 
discussed  herein,  any  regulatory  concern  is  more 
appropriately  a  matter  for  Congressional  action. 


L-19 


state  of  Wisconsin  \ 


APPENDIX  M 


OFFICE    OF    THE    COMMISSilO 


i-EH   OF    SECuhTIE! 


\nthony  S.  Earl 
iovamor 

Vctmni  R.  Malmgren 
"ammissloner  of  Securttlea 

Stephen  L.  Morgan 
deputy  Commissioner 

Mr.    Terrence   D.    Sullivan 
Director   of   Research 
State   of   North   Carolina 
Legislative   Research   Commission 
State   Legislative   Building 
Raleigh,    North   Carolina      27611 

Dear   Mr.    Sullivan: 


80X1788 
|(^I«DN,  Wt^•O^I8IN  53701 


April    20,    1984 


QENERAL  (808)  288.3491 

GENERAL  COUNSEL  (808)  288^888 

REQISTRAT10N  (8M)  28U431 

UCENSINQ  (808)  288-3883 

FRANCHISE  (808)  288^9384 


Re:   NASAA  Questionnaire  Data  Regarding  Cash  Management 
Accounts 


This  letter  will  serve  to  provide  both  a  final  summary  of  the 
information  received  in  the  above-referenced  matter,  and  to  confirm 
information  previously  communicated  to  you  by  telephone  in  March  while 
Questionnaire  data  was  still  being  received.   Enclosed  for  your 
information  is  a  copy  of  the  Questionnaire  as  distributed  by  the  NASAA 
Financial  Institutions  Sub-Committee  to  all  NASAA  member  states  seeking 
information  as  to  whether  any  state  was  aware  of  legislation, 
rule-making,  administrative  proceedings  or  court  cases  in  their  state 
regarding  so-called  "cash  management  accounts." 

This  will  confirm  that: 


(1) 


(2) 


At  the  time  of  our  initial  telephone  contact  on  March 
13,  1984,  the  Questionnaire  had  been  distributed 
(approximately  2  weeks  previously)  and  the  first 


responses  were  coming 


It  was  indicated  to  you  that 


12  responses  had  been  received  as  of  that  date  and  none 
indicated  they  were  aware  of  any  developments  regarding 
CMA's.   I  indicated  to  you  I  would  give  you  a  follow-up 
call  in  approximately  two  weeks  with  updated 
information . 

On  April  2,  1984,  I  indicated  to  you  by  telephone  that 
an  additional  12  responses  had  been  received  since  our 
initial  conversation  and  that  only  one 

state--Arkansas — stated  that  there  had  been  developments 
regarding  CMA's  (see  attached  copy  of  this  returned 
Questionnaire  with  my  notes  beneath  question  2).   The 
Arkansas  Questionnaire  (received  March  28,  1984)  did  not 
enclose   any  draft  legislation,  etc.   regarding  the 
particulars  of  the  CMA  developments  in  Arkansas,  and  as 
I  mentioned  to  you  I  then  called  Arkansas  Commissioner 


M-1 


Lee  Thalheimer  on  that  day  regat'ding  specifics.   As  I 
confirmed  to  you,  Ccmmissioner  Thalheimer  stated  that  he 
was  aware  that  a  bill  had  been  introduced  in  their 
legislature  a  year  or  so  previously  by  a  bankers  group 
requiring  CMA  cash  to  be  invested  in  Arkansas.   However, 
for  a  number  of  reasons  (the  sponsoring  legislator  was  a 
very  "junior"  legislator  without  much  clout  and  the  form 
and  language  of  the  bill  was  not  put  together 
well--apparently  the  bill  was  introduced  with  a  page 
missing)  the  legislation  never  got  out  of  committee  and 
nothing  subsequent  has  been  heard  on  the  issue.   I  had 
asked  Commissioner  Thalheimer  if  he  could  track  down  a 
copy  of  the  legislation  and  forward  a  copy.   I  have  not 
received  a  copy  yet  but  did  make  a  follow-up  call  to  him 
last  week  on  the  matter.   I  will  forward  you  a  copy  as 
soon  as  I  receive  it. 

(3)   As  of  the  date  of  this  letter,  an  aggregate  of  30  NASAA 
member  states  have  responded,  with  Arkansas  being  the 
only  one  which  indicated  an  awareness  of  CMA  related 
developments. 

Inasmuch  as  only  one  Questionnaire  has  been  received  in  the 
last  week,  I  anticipate  that  the  above-summarized  information 
represents  the  "bottom  line"  data  on  this  matter,  and  that  this  seems 
like  an  appropriate  point  at  which  to  wrap  up  this  study  (however,  if 
any  subsequent  Questionnaires  come  in  indicating  CMA  activity  in  a 
state,  I  immediately  will  give  you  a  call).   In  summary,  the 
Questionnaire  data  received  indicates  that  there  does  not  seem  to  be 
any  current  activity,  and  little  prior  activity,  on  this  subject  at  the 
state  level — activity  of  any  visibility,  that  is. 

I  trust  that  this  information  has  been  of  help  to  you  and 
your  state's  Legislative  Research  Commission,  and  if  NASAA  or  this 
Sub-Committee  can  be  of  assistance  to  you  on  future  matters,  please 
give  us  a  call. 


Randall  E.  Schumann 
On  behalf  of  the 
NASAA  Financial  Institutions 
Sub-Committee 


RES:nj 


Mr.  Franklin  Tom,  Committee  Chairperson 
Mr.  Daniel  Bell 


M-2 


ir 


To; 


OHktn/Dir 

'eldncer  FROM: 


RE; 


North  American  Securities  Admlnlstrato^^^i«lation.  Inc. 

im  K/,!^OI     AM  IP  19 
All   NASAA  State   Securities   Admiriii€rators 
NASAA  Financial    Institutions   Sub- Commit tee 
Cash  Management  Accounts 


RD  R.  MALMCREN 

I  1768 

1,  Wuconfin  S370I 

5  COTE 


One  of  the  NASAA  member  state  has  requested  that  this 
.  committee  prepare  and  forward  to  all  NASAA  member  states  a  Questionna 
seeking  information  as  to  whether  any  state  is  aware  of  legistaUon 
rule-makmg   administrative  proceedings  or  court  cases  in  their 
state  regarding  so-called  "cash  management  accounts."   These  are 
arrangements  sponsored  by  certain  securities  brokerage  firms  by 
which  cash  deposits  are  accepted  from  clients,  deposited  in  money 
.^^Ii!infn"^';-^"^°'K^^'  °'   withdrawal  from  the  clients  are  honored. 
».J^,*.  information  is  being  sought  by  the  member  state  in  connection 
.*a^th  an  inquiry  by  its  state  legislature  into  the  regulaSSn  of 
banks  and  other  financial  institutions.  xatxon  or 

"it  is  r.on2^i-^;^?i^.°^  ^^^  ^^^^  Financial  Institutions  Committee, 
i^i%h!^rf    I  ^   ^°"  ''^''^^''   ^"^  complete  the  enclosed  Questio;inai 
1r^..,       "^th  the  information  you  are  able  to  provide,  and  return  it  as  soon 
;.s._.n„„B„^^s  practicable  to  the  member  of  the  Committee  addressed  below  who 
ct;:J°So9   "^^1  correlate  the  response  data   -   " 


and  assistance. 


Thank  you  for  your  cooperatic 


[.  -BoMtr-  S 

Mil  of  S>L  ' 


Are  you  aware  of  any  legislation,^rule-making  or  administrative 
hearing  proceedings  in  your  state  regarding  cash  management 
accounts?      Yes   ^  No  ^ 


If  your  answer  to  Question  1  is  yes,  please  describe  it,  its 
present  status  and  enclose  a  copy  of  any  written  materials  ,  , 
available  ^^(^,w.^c^..,/^t^vvw^,    C^A  ..-/  ^-  ^ ^    ]^   /.  / 

Regarding  the  form  of  any  legislation  o^   rule-making, 

(a)  Would  any  regulation  of^ such  accounts  be  by  bank 
regulators?    Yes  ^  No 

(b)  Did  the  legislation/rule  try  to  restrict  the  way 
funds  could  be  invested?  Yes   ^y^  No 


4.    Has  there  been  any  litigation  on  the  subject  that  you  are 

aware  of?   If  so,  please  provide  case  citations  and  copies  of 
^  ^         ^"y  decisions  or  pleadings  you  have  in  your  possession. 

L  „.  c  L;^  [c,  |r^]  ^he  litigation  has  ended»  what  was  the  result? 


:^b^34  (if  4he  li 


tigation  has  not  ended  what  is  the  current  status? 


OFFICE  OF  "the" 
^MISSIONER   OF   SECURITIES 


M-3 


7.  With  regard  to  Questions  1  and  4,  who  is/was  the  moving  party? 

8.  Is  there  any  movement  towaj^s  future  legislation  or  litigation? 
Yes No   V 

9.  If  the  answer  to  Question  8  is  Yes,  by  whom?  


This  questionnaire  and  any  accompanying  information  should  be 
returned  to : 

Randall  E.  Schumann 

Office  of  the  Wisconsin  Commissioner  of  Securities 

P.O.  Box  1768 

Madison,  Wisconsin   53701 


RES :nj 


M-4 


Ichard  R.  Malmgren 
ommissloner  of  Securities 


tephen  L  Morgan 
eputy  Commissioner 


State  of  Wisconsin  \  office  of  the  commissioner  of  securities 

K     r       la     r      I      L       ^  11 1*«ST  WILSON  STREET 

■         ^     "^     *-     '      *        '  80X1788 

MADISON.  WISCONSIN  63701 

^■Pf^    27     oiiMMu.  ,808,28^1 

QENERAL  COUNSEL     (808)288-9888 
REGISTRATION  (808)  28M431 


April  23,  1984 


Mr.  Terrence  D.  Sullivan 
Director  of  Research 
State  of  North  Carolina 
Legislative  Research  Commission 
State  Legislative  Building 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina   27611 

Dear  Mr.  Sullivan: 

Re:   NASAA  Questionnaire  Data  Regarciing  Cash 
Management  Accounts 

Supplementing  my  April  20,  1984  letter  on  the 
above-referenced  subject,  enclosed  is  a  photocopy  of  the 
Arkansas  legislation  as  received  today. 


Ver 


Randall/E.    Schumann 
General/ Counsel 


RES:sk 


cc:   Mr.  Franklin  Tom, Committee  Chairperson 
Mr.  Daniel  Bell 


M-5 


.SI;ilr  of  ArkHiiiJi-s  r^^.-.-.-..     .-> 

',  73rd   Criiir:.!  Assiinl.lv 
,IUKiil:ir  Sission.       1981 


bill  ^       HOUSE   BILL  584 


Fil 

By:  Representative  G.    Wilson  .  ,        ,      .     -  .  , 

For  An  Act  To  Be  Entitled 

1  "AN  ACT  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE  FILING  OF  A  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT 

2  STATEMENT  BY  PERSONS  l>niO  SELL  SECURITlC  INTERESTS  IN  MONEY  MARKET 

3  FUNDS,  AND  FOR  OTHER  PURPOSES." 
4 

5  BE  IT  ENACTED  BY  THE  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  THE  STATE  OF  ARK.AJJSAS : 
6 

7  SECTION  1.   Definitions  and  use  of  Terns.   As  used  in  this  Act,  un- 

8  less  the  context  otherwise  requires: 

9  (a)   "Security"  means  any  note;  stock;  treasury  stock;  bond;  debenture; 

10  evidence  of  indebtedness;  certificate  of  interest  or  participation  in  any 

11  profit-sharing  agreement;  collateral  trust  agreement;  collateral-trust 

12  certificate;  preorganization  certificate  or  subscription;  transferable 

13  share;  investment:  contract;  variable  annuity  cont-act;  voting-trust  certi- 

14  ficate;  certificate  of  deposit  for  a  security;  certificate  of  interest  or 

15  participation  in  an  oil,  gas,  or  mining  title  or  lease  or  in  payments  out 

16  of  production  under  such  a  title  or  lease;  or.  in  general  any  interest  or 

17  instrument  commonly  known  as  a  "Security"  or  any  certificate  of  interest  or 

18  participation  in,  temporary  or  interim  certificate  for,  guarantee  of,  or 

19  warrant  or  right  to  subscribe  to  or  purcliase,  any  of  the  foregoing. 

20  "Security  does  not  include  any  insurance  or  endowment  policy  or  annuity 

21  contract  or  variable  annuity  contract  issued  by  any  insurance  company. 

22  ^  -  — 7><b)   The  Commissioner  may  apply  to  the  Circuit  Court  of  Pulaski  County 

23  for  the  enforcement  of  any  order  pursuant  to  this  section  and  such  court 

24  shall  have  jurisdiction  and  power  to  order  and  require  compliance  therewith. 

25  (c)   Any  person  who  shall  violate  any  provision  hereof  shall  be  guilty 

26  of  a  misdemeanor  and,  upon  conviction  thereof,   shall  be  subject  to  a  fine 

27  not  to  exceed  Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($5,000.00).   Each  day  or  part  of  a  day 

28  during  which  such  violation  is  continued  or  repeated  shall  constitute 

29  separate  offense. 
30 . 

31  SECTION  A.   Regul 


32 


gulations.   The  Conraiss loner  shall  have  the  power  to 
enact  and  promulgate  such  regulations  as  he  deems  necessary  or  appropriate 

M-6 


.64 


to  carry  out.  the  provisions  of  tliis  Act. 


SECTION  5.   If  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  application  thereof, 
is  held  invalid,  such  invalidity  shall  not  affect  other  provisions  or 
applications  of  this  Act  which  can  be  given  effect  without  the  invalid 
provision  or  application,  and  to  this  end  the  provisions  of  this  Act  are 
hereby  declared  severable. 

SECTIOK  6.   All  laws  and  parts  of  laws  in  conflict  herewith  are 
hereby  repealed. 


M-7 


JU-Iuh.r  ScsMon.  1981  .*-^-Jai.3                       HOUSE    BILL                 OOO 

By:  Representative  J.    Gregory  Wilson 

For  An  Act  To  Be  Entitled 

1  "AN  ACT  TO  PROTECT  DEPOSITORY  FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS 

2  /VND  DEPOSITORS  THEREIN  FROM  MISLEADING  ADVERTISING; 

3  TO  PROHIBIT  THE  USE  OF  CERTAIN  TERMS  BY  PERSONS  OTlUiR 

4  TH^v:^-  DEPOSITORY  FINANCI.\L  INSTITUTIONS;  TO  PROVIDE 

5  PENALTIES  FOR  VIOLATION;  AND  FOR  OTHER  PURPOSES." 

6 

7  BE  IT  ENACTED  Bf  THE  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  OF  THE  STATE  OF  ARKANSAS: 

8 

9  SECTION  1.   Definitions  and  Use  of  Terns.   As  used  in  Lh±3    Act, 

10  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires: 

\l  (.i)   "Coiiunissioner"  means  the  Bank  ConniLSS  Loner  of  th.  St.'ie  or' 

12  Arkansas  or  his  designee. 

J       13  (bX  "Person"  means  any  individual,  business  assoc  iar  :  .>n ,  coriKTeLion 

14  trust  where  the  interests  of  beneficiaries  <^rc  evidenced  by  a  seceriry, 

15  f.-.-o  or  n'lro  persons  having  a  joini  or  common  interest,  or  an-'  f^thsr  I'-f^al 
15  or  corrxiercial  entity. 

17  (c)   "Depor.  itory  Financial  Institution"  means  any  ban..,  trM.iC  ■OTpariy 

13  or    savings  bank  chartered  under  the  banking  laws  of  chf  Sua*:e  in.',  a 
lO  national  bankinc;  association  chartered  n:ider  the  bai'.king  laws  of  the 

20  UnitLrd  States;  any  ravings  and  loan  association  chartered  iiiuier  the  Lj.vfs 

21  of  this  State  or  the  United  States;  and  any  credit  union  ch.Ttered  under 

22  the  laws  of  this  State  or  the  United  States. 
23 

y^    V  24  SECTION  2.   No  person  other  than  a  bona  fiee  depository  financiil 

j'   25  !  institution  sh.ill  in  any  manner  directly  or  Indirectly  in  wriuten  o. 

'     2G  vt'thal  advertising  or  description  of  its  services/ruike  nse  of  the  terms_]) 

27  savings  account,  sa>.'lngs  deposit,  certificate  of  deposit,  savin-, s  certifi- 

28  catc,  roney  market  certificate,  or  passbook  or  chrcltin;;  accoant. 
29 

1      30  SECTION  ^.   Cease  and  Desist  Order;  Enforcer.ient -,  Penalty 

31  ''n)   Whenever  it  shall  ap|)ear  to  the  Commissioner  that  any  per.-.on  has 

32  violated  this  Act,  the  Comjniss J oner  may  issue  and  servj  u(-.>n  suc.li  pers>.u 

M-8 


„.B.   5S5 

a  notice,  by  registered  mail,  containing  a  statement  of  the  facts  -     ^^k 

constituting  the  alleged  violation  or  violations,  and  fixing  a  tine  and         ^^ 
place  at  which  a  hearing  with  such  person  will  be  held  to  determine  whether 
an  order  to  cease  and  desist  therefrom  should  be  issued.   If  the  alleged 
violator  faits.  to  appear  at  the  hearing  it  shall  be  deemed  to  have  con- 
sented to  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order.   In  the  event  of  such 
consent,  or  if  after  the  hearing  the  Commissioner  shall  find  that  any 
violation  has  been  established,  the  Commissioner  may  issue  and  serve 
upon  such  person  an  order  to  cease  and  desist  from  any  such  violation. 


e 


2  - 

M-9 


APPENDIX  N 

MEMORANDUM 

RE:        INSURANCE  OF   INVESTMENTS   BY  NORTH  CAROLINIANS   IN  MONEY 
MARKET  MUTUAL  FUNDS 

DATE:      March  30,  1984 

The  question  has  been  raised  whether  the  North  Carolina 
Legislature  should  be  the  only  state  in  the  country  to  adopt  a 
statutory  requirement  that  any  investment  in  shares  of  a  money  market 
mutual  fund  made  by  a  state's  investor  be  insured.  For  the  reasons 
set  forth  below,  the  North  Carolina  Legislature  should  not  impose 
such  a  requirement  and  may  even  lack  the  authority  to  do  so. 

Constitutionality.  It  is  possible  that  any  attempt  by  North 
Carolina  to  require  insurance  of  money  market  fund  shares  will  be 
found  to  be  unconstitutional  as  an  impermissible  burden  on  interstate 
commerce.  The  Supreme  Court  has  said  that  "[w]here  uniformity  is 
essential  for  the  functioning  of  commerce,  a  state  may  not  interpose 
its  local  regulation".  Morgan  v.  Commonwealth  of  Virginia,  328  U.S. 
373,  377  (1946)  quoted  in  State  Ex  Rel.  Util.  Com'n  v.  So.  Bell  Tel., 
217  S.E.2d  543  (N.C.,  1975)  at  549. 

Make  Funds  Unavailable.  An  insurance  requirement  would  force 
money  market  funds  to  stop  offering  their  shares  to  citizens  in  North 
Carolina  and  non-insured  shares  in  the  other  forty-nine  states  would 
be  in  violation  of  the  federal  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940.  The 
Act,  which  was  specifically  enacted  to  protect  mutual  fund 
shareholders  and  to  regulate  mutual  funds,  does  not  permit  money 
market  funds  to  have  more  than  one  class  of  shareholders.  If  a  money 
market  fund  sought  to  offer  insured  shares  in  North  Carolina  and 


N-1 


uninsured  shares  in  the  other  forty-nine  states,  two  classes  of 
securities  would  be  created.  This  two-class  structure  would  be  in 
violation  of  the  Investment  Company  Act.  Moreover,  the  boards  of 
directors  of  money  market  funds  would  not  decide  to  avoid  this 
problem  by  having  all  shares  of  the  money  market  fund  insured  since 
investors  nationwide  have  indicated  a  clear  preference  for  money 
market  funds  which  are  not  insured.  Nationally,  fewer  than  .0002 
percent  of  shareholder  accounts  invested  in  money  market  funds  are 
invested  in  insured  money  market  funds.  Given  the  choices  of 
violating  the  Investment  Company  Act,  purchasing  insurance  which  is 
not  desired  by  the  vast  majority  of  investors,  or  ceasing  sales  in 
North  Carolina,  money  market  fund  directors  will  be  forced  to  decide 
to  cease  sales  in  the  State. 

It  is  unlikely  that  fund  groups  would  create  insured  money 
market  funds  specifically  for  North  Carolina  investors.  The  costs  of 
forming  and  operating  a  separate  fund  for  North  Carolina  are  likely 
to  make  this  approach  economically  unfeasible.  This  is  particularly 
true  in  this  case  since  investors  in  North  Carolina  have  also 
demonstrated  that  they  have  little  interest  in  investing  in  an 
insured  money  market  fund. 

Conceptually  Unsound.  Money  market  fund  shares  are  equity 
investments  in  companies  and,  as  such,  need  insurance  no  more  than  do 
other  equity  investments  in  securities.  Shares  of  money  market  funds 
can  only  be  offered  to  investors  when  accompanied  or  preceded  by  a 
statutory  prospectus,  the  content  of  which  is  specified  by 
regulations  adopted  by  the  federal  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 


2  - 

N-2 


(SEC)  .  These  prospectuses  are  subject  to  review  by  the  SEC  and  by 
the  North  Carolina  Securities  Commission.  They  explain  clearly  the 
nature  of  the  investment  as  equity  shares  in  a  company.  Furthermore, 
advertisements  for  money  market  funds  are  subject  to  regulation  by 
the  SEC  and  the  North  Carolina  Securities  Commission. 

The  Legislature  would  be  requiring  North  Carolina  investors  to 
obtain  insurance  which  they  have  decided  is  not  necessary.  North 
Carolinians  have  weighed  the  expense  of  investing  in  an  insured  money 
market  fund  against  investing  in  non-insured  funds,  and  have 
overwhelmingly  determined  to  invest  in  non-insured  funds. 

Conclusion.  An  insurance  requirement  may  well  be 
unconstitutional  and  is  unnecessary,  unwanted  and  inappropriate. 
Enactment  of  the  proposal  would  have  one  certain  effect  —  making 
North  Carolina  the  only  state  to  deprive  its  citizens  from  investing 
in  high-yielding  money  market  funds. 


The  cost  of  insurance  involves  not  only  the  cost  of  the 
insurance  premium,  which  may  be  as  high  as  45  basis  points,  but  also 
the  reduced  yield  resulting  from  complying  with  the  investment 
restrictions  imposed  by  the  insurance  company,  which  can  be  about  10 
basis  points.  Thus  the  costs  of  insurance  may  reduce  yields  of  money 
market  funds  by  over  one-half  of  1%  (e.g.,  from  8%  to  7  1/2%). 

JDB208/F 


-  3  - 

N-3 


APPENDIX  0 

/  3' 


STATEMENT  OF  THE  INVESTMENT  COMPANY  INSTITUTE 

BEFORE  THE  NORTH  CAROLINA  COMMITTEE  ON  THE 

TAXATION  OF  BANKS,  SAVINGS  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS 

AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 


I  am  Matthew  P.  Fink,  Senior  Vice  President  and  General 
Counsel  of  the  Investment  Company  Institute.  With  me  is  Mary 
Bellamy,  Assistant  Counsel  of  the  Institute.   The  Institute  is  the 
national  association  of  the  American  mutual  fund  industry.   Its 
membership  includes  over  1,100  open-end  investment  companies,  or 
mutual  funds,  and  their  investment  advisers  and  principal 
underwriters.   Of  those  mutual  funds  almost  300  are  money  market 
funds. 

We  thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  today. 

Mutual  funds,  organized  in  corporate  or  trust  form,  are 
companies  which  permit  thousands  of  investors  to  pool  their 
resources  to  invest  in  a  diversified  pool  of  securities.  ^Some 
mutual  funds  invest  in  common  stock,  corporate  bonds,  or  tax- 
exempt  state  and  municipal  bonds.   One  type  of  mutual  fund,  a 
money  market  fund,  invests  in  money  market  instruments,  such  as 
U.S.  Treasury  bills,  bank  certificates  of  deposit  and  commercial 
paper.   All  of  the  net  income  earned  by  the  fund  from  these 
securities  is  distributed  to  its  shareholders.   A  mutual  fund 
shareholder  may  cash  in  (redeem)  his  shares  at  any  time  and 
receive  his  pro  rata  portion  of  the  fund's  investment. 


Q-1 


The  legal  structure  of  the  money  market  fund  and  the 
relationships  among  the  parties  are  determined  by  federal  and 
state  securities  laws,  particularly  the  Investment  Company  Act  of 
1940. 

Mutual  funds,  including  money  market  funds,  have  been 
characterized  as  the  roost  strictly  regulated  business  entities 
under  the  federal  securities  laws.   In  the  words  of  a  former 
Chairman  of  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission, 
Ray  Garret,  Jr.,  "No  issuer  of  securities  is  subject  to  more 
detailed  regulation  than  mutual  funds." 

At  the  federal  level,  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  requires  a 
mutual  fund  to  provide  prospective  investors  with  a  current 
prospectus  containing  detailed  information  about  the  fund  and  its 
investment  policies.   The  anti-fraud  provisions  of  the  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  apply  to  the  purchase  and  sale  of  fund 
shares.   Investment  advisers  to  mutual  funds  are  registered  with 
the  SEC  under  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  of  1940  and  are  'subject 
to  the  restrictions  in  that  Act.   Most  importantly,  the  mutual 
fund  itself  must  register  with  the  SEC  under  the  Investment 
Company  Act  of  1940,  which  is  a  highly  detailed  regulatory '_ 
statute.   In  addition  to  requiring  periodic  reports  to 
shareholders  and  the  SEC,  the  Investment  Company  Act  contains 
numerous  direct  regulatory  provisions  designed  to  prevent  self- 
dealing,  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  fund  assets  and  to  prevent 
the  payment  of  excessive  fees  and  charges  by  the  fund  and  its 


0-2 


shareholders.   Finally,  mutual  funds  are  subject  to  inspections  by 
the  SEC  staff. 

In  addition  to  this  extensive  federal  regulation,  mutual 
funds  which  offer  their  shares  in  North  Carolina  must  also 
register  their  shares  in  North  Carolina  and  are  subject  to 
regulation  by  the  Securities  Division  of  the  Department  of  State. 

There  are  many  kinds  of  money  market  funds.   Generally,  money 
market  funds  invest  in  all  types  of  high  quality  money  market 
instruments,  i.e.,  U.S.  government  obligations,  bank  certificates 
of  deposit  and  high  quality  commercial  paper.   However,  some  money 
market  funds  invest  only  in  U.S.  government  obligations,  while 
others  invest  only  in  tax-exempt  short-term  municipal  securities. 
Some  money  market  funds  are  marketed  to  a  wide  variety  of 
individuals  through  advertisements.   Other  money  market  funds  are 
marketed  to  the  customers  of  brokerage  firms.   Still  other  money 
market  funds  are  dedicated  to  specific  purposes.   For  example, 
some  money  market  funds  are  sold  only  to  institutional  investors, 
such  as  banks  which  sweep  cash  balances  of  their  trust  and  other 
accounts  into  money  market  funds.   Other  money  market  funds  are 
sold  to  insurance  company  separate  accounts  which  use  them  to  fund 
variable  annuity  and  variable  life  insurance  contracts.   Still 
other  money  market  funds  are  only  sold  to  customers  of  securities 
firms  who  have  asset  management  accounts.   Asset  management 
accounts  are  financial  services  which  many  securities  firms  offer 
to  investors.   They  link  a  customer's  regular  securities  account 


0-3 


and  zero  balance  checking  account  with  money  market  fund  shares 
owned  by  that  customer. 

Most  money  market  funds  and  many  other  mutual  funds  offer 
investors  expedited  methods  of  redemption,  that  is  methods  by 
which  an  investor  may  obtain  part  of  or  all  of  the  current  value 
of  his  investment  in  the  fund.   Investors  desire,  and  sometimes 
require,  that  they  receive  their  money  on  an  expedited  and 
convenient  basis.   They  also  desire  the  ability  to  direct  payments 
to  a  third  party  to  purchase,  for  instance,  an  automobile,  or  to 
pay  college  tuition  or  to  send  money  to  a  child  in  college. 

The  expedited  methods  of  redemption,  however,  do  not 
transform  a  mutual  fund  into  a  bank.   Federal  and  state  officials, 
including  SEC  Commissioners,  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  the 
Assistant  Attorney  General  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  the 
General  Counsel  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  and  state  Attorneys 
General,  have  stated  that  investors  in  money  market  funds,  like 
other  mutual  funds,  are  equity  shareholders  in  a  company,  'and  are 
not  depositors.   As  the  opinion  of  the  Assistant  U.S.  Attorney 
General  stated:  "It  is  patent. . .that  a  depositor  is  only  a 
creditor  of  his  depository...   It  is  equally  patent  that  one  who 
invests  in  a  money  market  fund  is  the  owner  pro  tanto  of  the 
fund." 

Money  market  funds  compete  with  some  of  the  services  offered 
by  banks  and  thrifts.   To  make  that  competition  as  fair  as 
possible.  Congress  has  permitted  banks  and  thrifts,  since  December 
of  1982,  to  offer  market  rates  of  return  on  their  Money  Market 


Deposit  Accounts  which  Congress  required  to  be  "directly 
equivalent  to  and  competitive  with  money  market  mutual  funds." 

Banks  and  thrifts  have  been  very  successful  in  attracting 
deposits  with  this  new  account:  they  currently  have  more  than 
$383.2  billion  in  Money  Market  Deposit  Accounts.   Meanwhile, 
assets  of  money  market  mutual  funds  have  declined  more  than  $52.7 
billion  since  November  1982  to  less  than  $182.4  billion  by  mid- 
September,  1984.   Thus,  the  bank  and  thrift  Money  Market  Deposit 
Accounts  now  have  more  than  twice  the  assets  of  money  market 
mutual  funds  and  banks  and  thrifts  hold  another  $43.3  billion  in 
the  Super  Now  accounts.   The  total  deposits  of  banks  and  thrifts 
exceed  $3.7  trillion. 

In  recent  years  committees  in  both  houses  of  Congress  have 
held  hearings  on  money  market  funds.   Six  federal  regulatory 
agencies  concerned  with  some  aspect  of  the  regulation  of  money 
market  funds,  including  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  Comptroller 
of  the  Currency,  and  the  SEC  appeared  and  testified  that  they  were 
satisfied  with  the  current  regulation  of  money  market  funds.   They 
recommended  no  additional  regulation  and  Congress  adopted  none. 
Similarly,  legislation  providing  for  additional  regulation  'of 
money  market  funds  has  been  considered  in  over  twenty  states, 
including  North  Carolina,  but  has  not  been  enacted  in  any  state. 

We  do  not  believe  that  there  is  a  need  for  any  additional 
regulation  of  money  market  funds.   That  opinion  is  apparently 
shared  by  the  relevant  regulators  in  North  Carolina.  When 
legislation  was  introduced  in  North  Carolina  in  1981  to  bring 


0-5 


money  market  funds  under  the  definition  of  bank  for  purposes  of 
the  state  banking  code,  the  Secretary  of  State  opposed  the  bill. 
More  recently,  when  Daniel  Bell,  North  Carolina's  Deputy 
Securities  Administrator,  testified  before  this  panel,  he  did  not 
call  for  any  additional  regulation  of  money  market  funds. 

We  would  be  happy  to  answer  any  questions  you  may  have. 


0-6 


APPENDIX  P 


<^^u.i/uu:^  -zz^ 


Financial  Institutions  Assurance  Corporation 


Statement  Of 

DONALD  R.  BEASON 

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
FINANCIAL  INSTITUTIONS  ASSURANCE  CORPORATION 

Before 

The  Committee  on  Taxation  and  Regulation  of 

Banks,  Savings  and  Loan  Associations,  and  Credit  Unions 

Legislative  Research  Commission 

NORTH  CAROLINA  GENERAL  ASSFM«LY 


March  15,  198A 


'P-1 


We  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  present  to  you  the  information 
requested  in  your  letter  dated  January  30,  1984  for  your  study  of  the 
important  issues  concerning  the  oversight  and  taxation  of  financial 
institutions.  The  information  you  have  asked  us  to  present  concerns;  how 
we  regulate,  how  we  are  regulated,  a  comparison  to  other  private  insurers 
(with  emphasis  on  the  Nebraska  Fund),  and  a  comparison  to  the  FSLIC. 

As  the  deposit  insurer  for  34  state  chartered  savings  and  loans  and  25 
credit  unions  in  North  Carolina,  we  have  a  concerned  interest  in  your 
activities  and,  we  hope,  some  insights  into  the  activities  of  our  insured 
institutions  that  will  aid  you  in  your  study. 

The  FIAC,  since  its  inception  in  1967,  has  grown  from  insuring  $50 
million  in  deposits  to  nearly  $2.8  billion  in  deposits  at  the  end  of 
1983.  In  that  time  period,  we  have  not  incurred  any  insurance  losses  or 
claims — a  record  unmatched  by  any  other  deposit  insurer,  public  or 
private. 

This  period  of  time  encompassed  a  number  of  business  cycles  including  one 
of  the  most  volatile  swings  of  interest  rate  levels  in  recent  years.  For 
example,  from  1978-1983  the  3  month  Treasury  security  rose  from  as  low  as 
7.19%  in  1978,  to  14.03%  in  1981,  and  back  down  to  9.3%  in  1983  (Exhibit 
1).  This  economic  turmoil  dramatically  affected  the  industry  as 
illustrated  by  Exhibit  2  which  shows  the  number  of  mergers  and 
liquidations  experienced  by  the  federal  deposit  Insurers.  There  are  a 
number  of  reasons  that  account  for  our  record  of  safety  during  this 
period.  First,  by  signing  our  insurance  contract,  each  member  of  our 
corporation  agrees  to  adhere  to  our  Standards  and  Procedures.  These 
rules  and  regulations  are  very  straightforward,  concise,  and  speak 
strictly  to  those  safety  and  soundness  issues  which  we  feel  are  necessary 
to  insure  the  continued  viability  of  our  members.  As  a  consequence  they 
do  not  contain  references  to  various  "social  engineering"  issues  nor  do 
they  impose  burdensome  regulatory  requirements. 

On  the  other  hand,  they  do  provide  us  with  the  powers  that  are  needed  to 
properly  perform  the  deposit  insurance  function — for  example,  special 
examinations  can  be  performed,  or  independent  consultants  can  be  retained 
to  address  specific  problem  situations.  We  also  reserve  the  right  to 
take  more  harsh  actions  if  needed.  Such  actions,  which  could  include  the 
removal  of  officers  or  board  members,  are  not  taken  without  consultation 
with  the  appropriate  state  regulator.  At  the  heart  of  our  supervisory 
oversight  function  is  our  Financial  Analysis  System  which  is  based  on  the 
monthly  financial  information  sent  to  us  by  our  members.  Exhibits  3,  4, 
and  5  are  examples  of  the  monthly  information  which  is  compiled  by  our 
state-of-the-art  computerized  system.  The  reports  we  prepare  are 
designed  to  give  us  timely,  accurate  data  about  the  financial  condition 
of  each  of  our  members. 

Of  course  a  system  such  as  this  would  be  virtually  useless  if  it  were  not 
analyzed  and  interpreted  by  competent  staff.  We  are  very  proud  of  the 
talent  we  have  assembled  for  our  supervisory  staff  which  includes  CPA's, 
MBA's,  former  internal  auditors,  and  former  state  examiners.  They 
perform  detailed  reviews  from  the  monthly  information  and  prepare  a 
monthly  report  for  our  Underwriting  Committee. 


-1- 
P-2 


The  Underwriting  Committee  is  composed  entirely  of  public  members  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  in  order  to  insure  the  confidentiality  of  our  member 
information.  The  Committee  members  Include  Individuals  with  many  years 
of  experience  in  various  disciplines  Including  risk  management,  public 
accounting,  management  of  financial  institutions,  and  business.  The 
Underwriting  Coranittee,  in  effect,  reviews  the  recommendations  of  staff 
and  makes  their  own  recommendations  concerning  the  appropriateness  of 
actions  taken  or  contemplated.  The  monthly  report  prepared  for  their  use 
is  quite  detailed  and  contains  many  of  the  computer-generated  statistics 
and  graphs  that  the  staff  has  prepared  to  summarize  financial 
information.  Exhibits  6  and  7  are  the  resumes  of  the  Underwriting 
Committee  and  staff. 

The  other  part  of  our  oversight  function  is  the  on-site  visitation 
program  we  employ  to  obtain  additional  information  concerning  the 
operations  of  our  members.  In  this  program  we  are  able  to  obtain 
information  of  the  type  that  does  not  necessarily  show  up  in  the  monthly 
reports  we  receive  and  analyze.  Information  concerning  management's 
planning  process,  their  products  and  services  are  discussed  and  we  are 
used  "as  a  sounding  board"  to  discuss  the  financial  and  operating 
ramifications  of  new  ideas  or  plans.  By  making  these  visits  and  staying 
attuned  to  what  is  happening  in  the  Industry,  we  are  able  to  act  almost 
as  consultants  to  our  members. 

One  of  the  services  we  provide  to  our  members,  the  diagnostic  review,  is 
a  management  consulting  project  that  would  cost  $8,000  to  $20,000  if 
prepared  by  an  independent  consultant.  The  diagnostic  review  is  an 
operational  audit.  As  a  third  party,  we  are  able  to  bring  our  areas  of 
expertise  In  financial  planning,  productivity,  and  strategic  planning  to 
bear  in  those  areas  we  believe  improvements  can  be  made  and  profitability 
increased.  We  believe  these  capabilities  set  us  apart  from  other  private 
insurers  and  the  federal  insurers,  and  is  partly  responsible  for  the 
national  reputation  we  have  acquired.  A  sample  diagnostic  review  is 
Included  in  Section  8  of  this  booklet. 

External  Regulation 

The  FIAC  is  regulated  by  the  North  Carolina  Department  of  Commerce.  The 
examination  itself  is  conducted  jointly  by  a  combination  of  savings  and 
loan  and  credit  union  examiners  from  that  department.  During  the 
examination  process,  our  underwriting  procedures,  quality  and  liquidity 
©f  the  investment  portfolio,  and  condition  of  insured  institutions  are 
reviewed  as  well  as  tests  performed  on  our  financial  records.  We  feel 
very  strongly  that  one  of  the  keys  to  our  success  is  the  strength  of  the 
various  regulatory  authorities  and  the  excellent  level  of  communication 
that  we  maintain  with  them.  In  fact,  as  a  part  of  our  planning  process 
we  have  adopted  the  position  that  we  will  not  enter  into  a  new  state 
until  we  have  determined  the  adequacy  of  the  regulatory  process,  the 
quality  of  the  examining  staff,  and  our  ability  to  maintain  the  lines  of 
contact  and  communication  similar  to  those  we  built  in  North  Carolina. 
Regulatory  oversight  exercised  by  the  other  states  in  which  we  do 
business  is  modelled  on  the  North  Carolina  process.  The  key  point  in  the 
regulatory  system  is  that  we  are  examined  by  the  regulators  in  the  same 


P-3 


manner  as  they  examine  our  insured  members,  with  safety  and  soundness  as 
the  driving  forces. 

Nebraska  Situation 

A  detailed  report  on  the  Nebraska  situation  is  included  in  this  booklet. 
In  summary  the  Nebraska  Guaranty  Corporation  was  nothing  more  than  a  fund 
of  money  with  no  professional  risk  management  capabilities  or  powers.  In 
fact  there  was  no  management. 

The  fund  made  a  practice  of  refunding  to  its  insured  members  the  excess 
of  its  revenues  over  expenses  each  year.  Its  only  employee  was  a 
part-time  clerk  whose  sole  function  was  to  collect  the  annual  assessment 
of  members.  Its  Board  of  Directors  consisted  entirely  of  members 
affiliated  with  insured  institutions.  As  a  consequence,  there  was  no  one 
to  monitor  the  financial  condition  of  the  entities  other  than  the  state 
regulator,  who  was  so  concerned  about  the  ramifications  of  a  failure  that 
he  was  reluctant  to  take  the  stringent  measures  that  were  required. 

When  Commonwealth  Savings  and  Loan  got  into  financial  difficulty,  the 
regulator  allowed  them  to  satisfy  capital  requirements  by  accepting  real 
estate  contributed  to  the  company  by  its  owner.  Exhibit  8  shows  the 
liquidity  problems  of  the  Commonwealth  Company.  The  capital  ratios 
appear  steady,  when  in  reality  it  was  a  "pumping  in"  of  capital  which 
really  had  no  value.  Exhibit  9  shows  details  of  these  problems  and 
indicates  that  problems  were  apparent  as  early  as  1978. 

Commonwealth  was  owned  by  one  of  the  state's  most  well-known  real  estate 
developers,  whose  reputation  exceeded  his  business  acumen.  Many 
questionable  practices  were  uncovered  when  all  the  investigations  were 
completed,  such  as  loans  with  no  amortization  requirements,  insider 
loans,  questionable  profit  recognition  of  real  estate  sales,  possible 
illegal  arrangements  with  the  State  Attorney  General,  and  a  host  of  other 
unsound  business  practices. 

At  the  time  of  closing,  it  was  estimated  that  the  company  was  the  largest 
single  land  owner  in  the  city  of  Lincoln,  owning  enough  undeveloped 
residential  lots  to  supply  Lincoln's  building  needs  for  the  next  ten 
years.  It  is  our  considered  opinion  that  this  situation  could  not 
develop  under  the  FIAC  system. 

Comparisons  to  FSLIC 

Finally,  we  have  provided  some  comparative  information  on  FIAC  and  FSLIC. 
The  information  assembled  will  show  how  we  stack  up  as  an  insurance 
company  with  FSLIC  as  well  as  compare  certain  information  on  the 
institutions  insured.  Exhibit  10,  the  Comparative  Balance  sheet  shows  a 
breakdown  of  each  fund's  assets  and  liabilities  as  a  percentage  of  total 
assets  and  liabilities  respectively.  It  shows  that  FIAC's  balance  sheet 
consists  almost  entirely  of  liquid  assets  while  FSLIC  has  significant 
amounts  tied  up  in  loans  to  failing  institutions  and  "net  worth 
certificates".   Exhibits  11  and  12  graphically  shows  this  to  be  true. 


-3- 
P-4 


As  to  the  liability  side  of  the  balance  sheet,  FSLIC  has  recorded  loss 

reserves   of   $705   million  which  does  not   include   $422   million   in 

contingent  liabilities  under  existing  contribution  agreements  with 
successors  to  failed  institutions. 

Turning  to  the  income  statement  in  Exhibit  13,  this  chart  shows  how  the 
gross  revenues  of  the  two  funds  were  distributed.  In  1983,  62  cents  of 
every  gross  revenue  dollar  earned  by  FIAC,  after  paying  administrative 
expenses,  was  added  to  our  general  reserves.  By  contrast,  in  1982,  FSLIC 
alter  paying  for  the  cost  of  assistance  and  liquidations,  only  added  12 
cents  of  each  revenue  dollar  to  its  reserves. 

Our  investment  portfolio  of  December  31,  1983,  had  an  average  remaining 
term  of  about  18  months.  We  believe  it  is  very  Important  to  keep  a 
prudent  amount  of  liquid  assets  on  hand  to  meet  any  unforeseen  needs. 
Exhibit  14  shows  a  break  down  of  our  investment  portfolio  as  to  maturity 
date.  These  figures  do  not  include  over  $8  million  of  cash  that  we  had 
at  December  31,  1983.  Because  FSLIC  does  not  present  similar  data  in  its 
annual  reports  it  is  difficult  to  present  comparable  figures. 

Wliile  FSLIC' s  reserves  have  remained  relatively  stable.  Exhibit  15  shows 
the  increase  in  FIAC's  reserves  over  the  past  five  years.  In  1979,  FIAC 
had  approximately  $18.9  million  in  available  funds  to  cover  losses.  By 
1981  the  available  funds  increased  to  $42  million  and  by  1983,  to  over 
$70  million  in  funds  available  to  cover  losses. 

Of  course,  the  insurer's  net  worth  is  only  a  secondary  reserve  from  which 
losses  must  be  absorbed.  The  net  worth  of  the  insured  Institution  is  the 
primary  source  from  which  losses  can  be  paid. 

The  contrast  of  our  members'  net  worth  to  FSLIC-insured  institutions  is 
graphically  portrayed  in  Exhibit  16.  FIAC  institutions  consistently  have 
maintained  about  one  full  percentage  point  higher  net  worth  ratios  over 
the  past  five  years. 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  for  the  FSLIC' s  purposes,  net  worth  could 
consist  of  items  in  addition  to  that  which  is  allowable  under  Generally 
Accepted  Accounting  Principles  (GAAP).  FIAC  uses  GAAP  in  calculating  net 
worth.  Under  Regulatory  Accounting  Purposes  (RAP)  used  by  FSLIC,  a 
savings  and  loan  is  allowed  to  write  off  certain  losses  over  a  period  of 
years  rather  than  immediately  charging  them  against  net  worth.  In 
addition,  under  RAP  a  savings  and  loan  may  write  up  the  value  of  its  land 
and  buildings  to  their  appraised  values  and  add  this  write  up  to  net 
worth.  FSLIC  savings  and  loans  may  use  so-called  "net  worth 
certificates"  issued  by  the  FSLIC  as  net  worth. 

In  addition  to  mandating  the  use  of  GAAP  to  determine  net  worth,  FIAC 
requires  all  its  savings  and  loans  to  maintain  a  net  worth  of  at  least  5% 
of  savings.  FSLIC  uses  a  sliding  scale  to  determine  required  net  worth 
levels  based  on  the  length  of  time  the  association  has  been  operating  and 
generally  allows  net  worth  to  fall  below  3%  of  assets  before  beginning  to 
consider  what  actions  to  take.  Additionally  FIAC  insured  savings  and 
loans  enjoy  higher  levels  of  liquidity  ratios  than  FSLIC  associations  as 
demonstrated  in  Exhibit  17.   As  to  levels  of  fund  balances  to  Insured 


P-5 


savings.  Exhibit  18  presents  those  ratios  for  various  insurers,  both 
private  and  government.  FIAC  enjoys  one  of  the  highest  ratios  of  any  of 
these  insurers. 

With  respect  to  the  FSLIC  ratios,  two  recent  comments  by  Edwin  Gray, 
Chairman  of  the  FHLBB,  are  worth  noting.  On  January  31,  1984,  Mr.  Gray 
commented  that  "a  substantial  part... "of  the  FSLIC' s  reserves". .  .will  be 
required  to  pay  for  liquidations  and  costly  assisted  mergers  we  can 
foresee  or  expect  in  1984  alone." 

In  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of  March  7,  1984,  Mr.  Gray  indicated  that  the 
possibility  existed  for  the  FSLIC  to  increase  premiums  in  1984,  due  to 
the  dangers  faced  by  the  FSLIC.  This  increase  could  be  as  much  as  1/8  of 
1  percent  of  deposits,  and  if  implemented  could  cost  FSLIC-insured 
savings  and  loans  as  much  as  $780  million  annually — nearly  one  half  of 
the  industry's  total  1983  profits. 

On  the  NCUA  side  of  the  coin,  their  present  ratio  of  .03%  of  funds  to 
deposits  has  led  them  to  propose  a  permanent  deposit  assessment  of  1%  of 
savings.  In  order  to  get  this  approved,  they  will  probably  have  to 
provide  for  a  rule  that  requires  them  to  return  to  the  members  any  fund 
balances  above  1.3%  of  savings,  effectively  prohibiting  them  from  ever 
Increasing  the  ratio  above  that  level.  Exhibits  19  and  20  show  the 
number  of  NCUA  assisted  liquidations  and  assisted  mergers  for  the  time 
period  1978  through  1982  and  effectively  demonstrate  the  problems  the 
that  deposit  insurer  is  facing. 

Summary 

Since  FIAC's  inception  in  1967,  the  combination  of  our  financial 
oversight  and  supervision,  along  with  enlightened  state  regulation  have 
provided  FIAC  members  the  freedom  to  operate  in  a  prudent,  businesslike 
fashion.  In  turn,  our  members  have  used  the  advantage  of  the  dual  system 
of  chartering  to  become  effective  and  efficient  competitors  in  today's 
deregulated  marketplace  while  operating  with  the  highest  levels  of  safety 
and  soundness. 


-5- 
P-6 


INTEREST   RATE   HISTORY 

Traaaury  S«eurltl«* 


INTEREST  RATE  HISTORY 


1978 
1979 
1980 
1981 
1982 
1983 


7.19 

7.58 

7.74 

10.07 

10.06 

9.75 

11.43 

11.37 

10.89 

H.03 

13.  SO 

13.14 

lO.&l 

11.07 

11.07 

9.30 

9.74 

10.10 

P-7 


APPENDIX  Q 


Regional  Reciprocal  Interstate  Transactions: 

Authority  over  North  Carolina  Bank  Holding  Companies  by  other 
Southeast  Region  States 


If  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  (NCbhc)  makes  an  acquisition 
in  Florida,  Georgia  or  South  Carolina,  the  NCbhc  will  find  itself  subject  to 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  banking  regulator  of  any  such  state  as  shown  in  the 
following  summary. 

1.  Florida.  Acquisition  of  a  Florida  bank  (state  or  national)  or  of  a  Florida 
bank  holding  company  by  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company. 

Application  must  be  made  to  the  Florida  Department  of  Banking  and  Financce 
which  must  make  findings  almost  identical  to  those  provided  in  the  North  Carolina 
interstate  law  concerning  reciprocity,  mirror  image  test,  etc.  The  target  Florida 
bank  or  bank  holding  company  must  have  been  in  business  for  more  than  2  years. 

The  Department  must  also  make  findings  on  the  following: 

(a)  Whether  or  not  the  officers  and  directors  of  the  North  Carolina 
bank  holding  company  are  qualified  by  character,  experience  and 
financial  responsibility  to  control  and  operate  a  Florida 
institution. 

(b)  Whether  or  not  the  acquisition  would  be  prejudicial  to  the 
interests  of  the  depositors,  creditors  and  public  of  Florida. 

2.  Georgia.  Acquisition  of  a  Georgia  bank  (state  or  national)  or  bank  holding 
co-npony  by  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company. 

Application  must  be  made  to  the  Georgia  Department  of  Banking  and  Finance 
which  must  make  findings  almost  identical  to  those  provided  in  the  North  Carolina 
interstate  law  concerning  reciprocity,  mirror  image  test,  etc.  The  target  Georgia 
bank  or  bank  holding  company  must  have  been  in  business  5  years  or  more. 

The  Department  must  also  make  findings  on  the  following: 

(a)  Whether  the  acquisition  will  result  in  a  monopoly. 

(b)  Whether  the  acquisition  will  substantially  lessen  competition. 

(c)  Whether  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  has  adequate  finan- 
cial and  managerial  resources. 

(d)  The  future  prospects  of  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company 
and  the  Georgia  institutions. 

(e)  Whether  the  transaction  will  promote  the  needs  and  convenience  of 
the  community  to  be  served. 


Q-1 


All  Georgia  bank  holding  companies  and  any  North  Carolina  bank  holding 
company  which  acquires  a  Georgia  bank  or  bank  holding  company  must  also: 

(a)  Register  with  the  Commissioner. 

(b)  Hake  reports  as  required  by  the  Commissioner. 

(c)  Submit  to  examination  by  the  Commissioner  and  pay  costs  for  such 
examination. 

(d)  Be  "regulated,  controlled  and  examined  by  the  Commissioner  to  the 
same  extent  that  he  regulates,  controls,  and  examines  state  banks... 
under  his  jurisdiction." 

3.  South  Carolina.  Acquisition  of  a  South  Carolina  bank  (state  or  national) 
or  bank  holding  company  by  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company. 

Application  must  be  made  to  the  State  Board  of  Financial  Institutions 
which  must  make  findings  almost  identical  to  those  provided  in  the  North  Carolina 
interstate  law  concerning  reciprocity,  mirror  image  test,  etc.  The  target  South 
Carolina  bank  or  bank  holding  company  must  have  been  in  business  for  5  or  more 
years. 

The  Board  must  also  make  findings  on  the  following: 

(a)  Whether  the  acquisition  will  result  in  a  monopoly. 

(b)  Whether  the  acquisition  will  substantially  reduce  competition. 

(c)  Whether  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  has  adequate  finan- 
cial and  managerial  resources. 

(d)  The  future  prospects  of  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company 
and  the  South  Carolina  instftution. 

(e)  Whether  the  transaction  will  promote  the  convenience  and  needs  of 
the  community  to  be  served. 

All  South  Carolina  bank  holding  companies  and  any  North  Carolina  bank 
holding  company  which  acquires  a  South  Carolina  bank  or  bank  holding  company 
must  also: 

(a)  Register  with  the  Board. 

(b)  File  reports  as  required  by  the  Board. 

(c)  Submit  to  examinations  by  the  Board  and  pay  costs  for  such 
examinations. 

4y   Virginia.  Virginia  has  not  yet  adopted  a  regional  interstate  banking 
"aw,  A  draft  of  a  bill  to  be  introduced  next  year  in  Virginia  has  been  made 
available  to  the  North  Carolina  Commissioner  of  Banks.  This  bill  is  regional, 
reciprocal  and  includes  North  Carolina  in  its  region. 


Q-2 


In  addition  to  the  standard  findings  about  reciprocity,  mirror  image  test, 
etc.,  found  in  the  laws  discussed,  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  acquirinq 
a  Virginia  bank  (state  or  national)  or  bank  holding  company  would  be  subject 
to  further  processing  as  follows; 

(a)  Findings  that  the  acquisition  would  not  be  detrimental  to  the 
safety  and  soundness  of  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company 
or  the  Virginia  institution. 

(b)  Findings  that  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company,  its 
directors  and  officers  as  well  as  those  of  the  Virginia  institution 
are  qualified  by  character,  experience  and  financial  responsibility 
to  control  and  operate  a  Virginia  institution. 

(c)  Findings  that  the  acquisition  would  not  be  prejudicial  to  the 
interests  of  the  depositors,  creditors,  beneficiaries  of  fiduciary 
accounts  or  shareholders  of  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company 
or  the  Virginia  institution. 

(d)  Findings  that  the  acquisition  is  in  the  public  interest. 

The  Virginia  bill  will  also  call  for  examination  and  reporting  by  North 
Carolina  bank  holding  companies  as  well  as  Virginia  bank  holding  companies. 

All  of  the  Southeastern  states  including  North  Carolina  which  have  allowed 
interstate  bank  acquisitions  have  statutory  provisions  empowering  the  state 
banking  regulators  to  enter  into  cooperatiwe  agreements  concerning  examination 
and  reporting  by  bank  holding  companies. 

In  a  situation  where  a  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  was  acquiring 
a  Southeast  regional  bank  in  another  state,  the  regulator  in  the  target  state 
could  rely  on  the  information  supplied  by  the  North  Carolina  Commissioner  of 
Banks  to  make  the  findings  described  in  this  report  if  the  North  Carolina  Com- 
missioner of  Banks  had  authority  to  examine  North  Carolina  bank  holding  companies. 
The  North  Carolina  Commissioner  of  Banks  could  also  supply  the  continuing  exami- 
nation of  the  North  Carolina  bank  holding  company  that  is  required  of  the  state 
regulator  where  the  acquired  bank  is  located. 

As  matters  stand  now,  out-of-state  regulators  have  authority  over  North 
Carolina  bank  holding  companies  which  North  Carolina  statutes  do  not  grant  the 
North  Carolina  Commissioner  of  Banks. 


Q-3 


APPENDIX  R  _        ^ 

Mark  G.  Lynch' s  Notes  for  Comnents  To 

Legislative  Research  Commission's  Committee  on  the 

Regulation  and  Taxation  of  Banks,  Savings  and  Loans,  and  Credit  Unions 

January  12,  1984 

Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  appear  before  you  to  respond  to 
certain  questions  your  Co-Chalrmen  expressed  to  me  through  Terry  Sullivan, 
your  Director  of  Research. 


r^=Hasr#..r4^?^Eiefi^^^5j^&«^ 


prepared  by  the  Department  of  Revenue.  They  are:     -r-n  .__ . —z-s:^.:^ 

1.  Exhibit  1  -  "Brief  History  of  the  Taxation  of  Banks  &  Savings        V'- 
i  Loan  Associations"  '•  '       M     -^.y        'r^^^f^. 

2.  Exhibit  2  -  "Differences  in  North  Carolina  Tax  Treatment 

of  Banks  and  Savings  and  Loans  Associations  as  of  January  1, 
1984" 

3.  Exhibit  3  -  "Comparative  Analysis  of  North  Carolina  Tax 
Collections  From  Banks  and  Savings  and  Loans  for  the  Years 
Indicated"  -  specifically  the  past  three  fiscal  years 

Exhibit  3A  -  "Intangibles  Tax  Collected  From  Depositors  on 
Money  on  Deposit" 

These  exhibits  are  self-explanatory  and  it  would  take  an 
excessive  amount  of  your  time  at  this  meeting  for  me  to  go  through  them 
In  detail.  I  hope  you  will  study  them  later.  Therefore,  I  will  not 
discuss  all  the  details  shown  on  these  exhibits  relative  to  the  differences 
in  the  tax  treatment  of  these  financial  institutions. 

You  will  note  from  the  "History"  schedule  that  there  were  major 
changes  in  the  taxation  of  banks  in  1957  and  1974;  of  mutual  savings 
and  loans  in  1957  and  1982;  and  of  stock-owned  savings  and  loans  in 
1979  and  1982.  Stock-owned  savings  and  loans  were  first  authorized 
in  1977. 


R-1 


My  comments  will  be  directed  principally  toward  the  current 
differences  lf>  taxation  of  these  institutions. 

Banks  are  subject  to  the  same  income  and  franchise  taxes  as  regular 
corporations.  They  are  subject  to  intangibles  tax  the  same  as  regular 
corporations  except  that.they  are  exempt. from  tax  on  money, on  deposit  ... 


^3raa^^3^3335^Ston&3e£003nmT 


$1  million  of  total  assets  on  a  quarterly  average  basis. 

"WutuaT"  and  "Stock-owned"  Savings  and  Loans  are  taxed  the  same. 
They  also  are  subject  to  income  and  franchise  tax  and  to  intangibles 
tax  on  money  on  deposit  and  money  on  hand,  but  are  not  subject  to  tax 
on  other  intangibles. 

Credit  Unions  are  exempt  from  North  Carolina  income,  franchise, 
and  Intangibles  tax. 

The  responsibility  for  collecting  income  and  franchise  tax  from 
mutual  savings  and  loans  and  stock-owned  savings  and  loans  was  transferred 
from  the  Department  of  Commerce  to  the  Department  of  Revenue  in  1983. 

It  also  was  suggested  that  I  comment  on  whether  in  rny  view,  as 
Secretary  of  Revenue,  there  are  inequities  in  North  Carolina  taxation 
of  different  types  of  financial  institutions,  and  to  indicate  specifically 
liow  these  inequities  should  be  remedied. 

I  have  not  attempted  to  respond  to  this  question  for  several 
reasons.  Historically,  the  Secretary  of  the  North  Carolina  Department 
of  Revenue  has  not  taken  a  position  on  inequities  of  taxation  between 
categories  of  taxpayers.  As  we  all  know,  this  taxation  has  been  a  very 
controversial  and  complex  issue  and  has  been  studied  previously  In  great 
depth  by  many  legislative  committees  and  individuals.  Also,  I  personally 
believe  that  for  me  to  express  myself  on  this  subject  would  not  be  an 
appropriate  iposture  for  me  in  that  the  Secretary  of  Revenue's  primary 
responsibility  is  to  administer  the  revenue  laws  that  the  General 
Assembly  enacts,  and  in  my  opinion,  it  would  greatly  decrease  the 


R-2 


-  :r 


Secretary's  effectiveness  in  administering  the  laws  i-t  he  involved 
himself  in  taking  positions  as  to  inequities  in  taxation  of  different 
segments  of  our  taxpayers. 

Department  of  Revenue  personnel  will,  of  course,  be  glad  to  try 
to_fui»pisfr  y«Fany='#«p*te^i*4**f<wwatiA^^  ^fejw^^^^evgBuo  Law  .^-^ : 

101? -our^atft^ivtsttStTt ve  ^r^ctic^Jas  delated  fo:ibarik£:.aiwl  fsa'^ngssaiaiifel-iir^^^ : 
loans  associations. 

I  hope  the  four  schedules  we  have  prepared,  and  iny  comments,  will 
be  of  assistance. 

Again,  I  thank  you. 


R-3 

'HM  _ML,_. j<liiWiiWi__L_,,E,-,   -WUiL-  -   l-J..  Ill 


APPENDIX  S 


^ 

^o  oS 

in      . 

1_        _    X                c  — 

—  o  ^^ 

■*-    tu  K  ia              (u 

■axe 

Jd   v^       -o   S    o 

■a    e 

^  ►-  a.           c  ••-'  3 

u  — 

O lU 

c  22 

O;    lA            ■^     >-     = 

^ 

OJ           U    O                 WO) 

Cz.ti 

!i° 

S  ■=   <ui         £    cj   c; 

—  "mo 

S  i.  a  in 

Odji-  —  ■=   oooe 

ui 

?<Su 

o  —  <u 

-Plj  =  i0 

—     I.           OJ 

^  o.  c 

VI    "O    t. 

"     Bl     S 

■:i-'l 

:r^ 

2IS|c.c^ 

i 

«)   =  -o 

4J     ./■     <«                       —    -O      «l 

c        o 

-—  c 

u«-o>.-a)e 

■n     ^-^  -u    -3 

•  c       -o 

OP    *         *J    c-    <J    1-   ■" 

°     y     .- 

o   c  _^  c 

Ul     =  — 

aj  O—  ^ 

ig^t|:=^l 

ta  ti 

•o 

«—   a.  c 

^           U    (U           O    ^    (U 

'■^  o  o  o. 

O  X  — >-o   u  c  o 

«.        o 

C\J 

•/<  «  3 

«—    <UJ3    =           «> 

i 

o^ 

CO 

q>        3   i< 

01  m  1.  1) 

CO          3    .B    t.    u    OJ 

<T- 

c   <u  ? 

o> 

3zl--£--5 

>l  ^ 

...  CTi  *"  ^ 

^"^ 

i 

o 

>    C    0) 

—    1-    «l    (U  —           U1 

%     U    1 

«S   _     1.     <L- 

«        ^  m  >,  0)  e 

\»    »    0)    VI 

C     C     -3 

«        j:         o  .J   X  *j 

■"—  «, 

"D     S  — 

m   4r  o  >. 

u.   u  o  c—   'O 

o 

■o        ei 

-O     Ul            <J 

(NJ 

uiBjo-'f—  -Jai 

O    O     X 

c; 

cr>       »-       -3  —         u 

c 

3; 

c  £  « 

=  •"   9 

m 

C   X  vi-o        J=   »-   J- 

i 

e> 

?-"■ 

?35^ 

—    M           0)    C  —    •/!    0) 

>_—    30in—    = 

T   u  ». 

.   -^        c 

U    .g   Oi<.< 

'srzslll 

^    01    01 

Jt    3      -  -O 

|.  =  S 

O   e    in 

<j 

o  3^ 

O           3    X 

u  —  >  o 

—   —    O.   C     =     t^     CO 

c 

£    3  — 

^     VtJH    « 

c  j:  «  X 

—  j=  «>  o  =>  «;  i-'t- 

g 

c 

«^  in  o> 

1/1  ra  ><  w 

—  1-    ./I    0) 

<t  u  oo  E  ceu-  o 

r 



^^ 

< 

«" 

J 

ea 

s 

o 

s 

>,           ^ 

< 

r^    g    s- 

1 

ts    i    ss 

!i 


si 


ns    en  C  ^ 

X  —    C    o    C    01 


o   <u  o>  0) 
c   c    </■ 


1-  — ^   c  c  «  =       m 
o   a;  o)  o  •»  o  c 


i^2.=-g 


m    C  vO  O 


u  f    01  4->    ' 

UinVtWCWlQ  W—     WT3fc- 

2  o  0.2       <u—  ja  1.  o  —  c  c 

3a.oJ3Cxoi  3a)X(Oog 


«    O.  CO 


w  -o    41   c     .    a>-"  r-l 
(U—  —  -c    C    U-  00 

U    C    OJ    O    ?    *-    Q.— 


O  00    u>  =  i-    <U 


1- 

c 

01^ 


2  =  g-s 
o,-S:= 


1^ 


.^    «  X lO  — 

j3«.     ■»!    of     —      i-ie 

Ol        r~        -^   5—    "1    G   V         V 


3  T3    Ul  —    C  *J 


O  U         Ta    C  lO  J< 


—         0>  C    O    2 


55  —  5  2;Si: 


.Q-aE   1-   i-w  o=  — 


O'O'O  owu         5-  CC 

O—     X  -^            0>^Xl»            X — 

C3  (/»*.»a)a>-o  <b«ct>t:: 

"  V  «  Sc'"o>.o  '"owu 


=1  s;- 


o  — 

■o  S u 

—    S  2  £'.o    =  ^   5  Q.  p 
_    w    o    <U    3    O    ?    X    CI    U 


O         —CO 

s  °  =  g  .^ 


S    >uj-o*^   a»w^   «*  'DC' 


S-1 


APPENDIX  T 


II 
ii 


III 


I   r 


-    -    * 
a    s    g 


O        A        A 


II 


X3      ja       I.      iO 


?       5 


I   1    I   ^    s 


«?    s 


?i 


APPENDIX  U 


§   !?   §; 


S     5 


J  SI 


§ 


I 

K 

u  ai 

5| 


s   i 


ii 

ii 


—  —       o 
o        o       -^ 

"eg 
o        o        m 

—  -,-       < 


^     S     >     .1=    .tf 


w  o 

•■->>>.  3  in 

C           C          C  U  4J 

3     ^     ^  ^  5 


^5      1-2 


APPENDIX  V 


O   Ol  •.- 


3=    1   ai 

I   01    3    C 
l-D    O   ID 


I 

E 

I       ? 

^  00 

i    " 
i 


0)0  .-H 

S«|iil 

vOlO    « 

c     ■  X  cn  n 

<t  •»-  X>  J- 

■  li'i': 


D.-D  O 
0>  C  CM 
T>  «  I 
—    WO 


SSI 


01    «         -M 


APPENDIX  W  /^^7^U.,^J~   ^   z-^^--  ^<:l^ 


COMPARISON  OF  STATE  TAXES  IMPOSED  ON  BANKS, 
SAVINGS  AND  LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND  CREDIT  UNIONS 


This  comparison  presents  in  tabular  form  certain  information  on  state 
taxation  of  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations,  and  credit  unions  with 
respect  to  the  income  and  property  of  these  institutions.  It  is  appropriate 
in  reviewing  these  taxes  to  point  out  that  for  many  years  Federal  law 
determined  to  a  great  extent  how  the  states  taxed  banks  because  of  the 
restrictions  placed  on  the  states  to  limit  their  ability  to  tax  national 
banks.  Until  1969  there  were  very  specific  restrictions  on  the  powers 
of  states  to  tax  national  banks.  The  amendment  of  the  Federal  law  in  1969 
removed  these  restrictions  and  today  states  may  tax  national  banks  as  if 
they  were  state  banks.  However,  Federal  law  does  require  that  national 
banks  must  be  taxed  equally  with  state  banks.  Even  though  states  have 
been  given  greater  freedom  to  tax  national  banks,  state  tax  laws  continue 
to  show  traces  of  the  old  restrictions. 

Briefly,  prior  to  the  1969  amendment,  states  were  limited  to  the 
following  options  in  taxing  national  banks: 

(1)  bank  share  tax 

(2)  corporate  net  income  tax 

(3)  excise  tax  measured  by  net  income 

(4)  personal  income  taxes  on  dividends  received  by  bank  shareholders 
The  states  could  impose  option  (1)  or  (2)  or  (3),  with  option  (4) 

being  available  for  use  with  (2)  or  (3).  Thus  states  could  not  impose 
both  a  share  tax  and  a  tax  on,  or  measured  by,  net  income.  In  complying 
with  these  restrictions,  states  usually  taxed  state  banks  the  same  as 
national  banks  since  legislators  understandably  were  inclined  to  treat 
the  two  groups  the  same. 


W-1 


2- 


Our  first  table  distinguishes  between  the  application  of  the  "regular" 
corporation  income  and  franchise  taxes  as  opposed  to  specific  taxes  imposed 
on  financial  institutions.  The  presentation  draws  attention  to  the  difference 
between  a  corporation  net  income  tax  that  excludes  from  taxable  income 
the  interest  received  from  United  States  bonds  and/or  obligations  and  an 
excise  tax  that  is  measured  by  net  income  including  the  interest  from 
United  States  obligations. 

Our  second  table  concerns  property  taxes  and  covers  deposits  in  the 
institutions  and  the  shares  of  banks  taxed  to  the  shareholders  or  banks. 
The  tax  on  bank  shares  continues  to  be  used  as  a  significant  form  of  bank 
taxation  by  some  states. 

The  principal  source  of  the  information  presented  in  all  tables  is 
the  Commerce  Clearing  House  State  Tax  Reporters.  These  reporters  provide 
considerable  information,  but  can  have  serious  limitations.  Sometimes 
editorial  comments  are  out-of-date  and  contradictory  and  questions  cannot 
be  satisfactorily  resolved  because  the  reprinted  portions  of  the  tax 
statutes  do  not  cover  the  matter  in  question. 

Whenever  tax  information  is  condensed  in  tabular  form,  there  is  the 
risk  of  misinterpretations.  However,  to  include  all  the  necessary  footnotes 
to  assure  complete  reporting  would  make  the  tables  cumbersome  and  less 
readable.  The  additional  comments  in  the  succeeding  paragraphs  help  clarify 
the  content  of  the  tables  and  are  provided  in  place  of  extensive  footnotes. 
Corporation  Income  Tax.  This  section  of  Table  1  indicates  the  presence 
of  a  corporation  net  income  tax  whether  or  not  applicable  to  banks  or  other 
financial  institutions.  Under  this  tax,  interest  on  United  States  obligations 
would  be  deducted  from  income  unless  otherwise  noted  in  the  table.  Maximum 
rates  have  been  listed  where  a  state  has  a  schedule  of  tax  rates.  The 
notes  have  been  used  to  afford  additional  rate  detail. 


W-2 


-3- 
Corporation  Franchise  Tax.  This  section  contains  information  on  both  the 
capital  stock  base  (or  related  tax  bases)  and  the  net  income  tax  base  used 
to  levy  privilege  or  excise  taxes  on  corporations.  Financial  institutions 
are  shown  as  taxable  in  this  section  if  there  is  no  specific  statute  that 
separately  imposes  the  tax  on  them.  A  franchise  tax  on  net  income  would 
normally  require  the  inclusion  of  interest  income  from  United  States 
obligations. 

Franchise  tax  Bases.  The  term  "capital"  has  been  used  to  denote  bases 
that  include  additional  items  over  and  above  the  more  limited  bases  of 
"issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock"  or  "authorized  capital  stock."  The 
latter  type  base  is  entered  as  "capital  stock."  The  entry  "capital"  covers 
a  wide  variety  of  approaches  to  taxing  banks  and  was  selected  to  avoid 
having  a  larger  number  of  cryptic  notes  that  might  not  identify  the 
differences.  Financial  Institutions  Tax.  This  section  presents  any  type 
of  tax  specifically  imposed  on  financial  institutions  under  separate 
statutes,  or  imposed  under  the  corporate  franchise  or  excise  tax  law  and 
described  as  "in  lieu"  of  other  named  taxes. 

Notes.  This  section  contains  information  which  seems  helpful  in  attempting 
to  describe  the  overall  tax  picture.  The  notes  are  not  "all  inclusive" 
and  do  not  necessarily  cover  all  items  or  exceptions. 
Property  Taxes.  Information  on  property  taxes  has  been  summarized  in 
Tables  2,  3,  and  4.  Table  2  contains  information  concerning  those  states 
that  tax  deposits,  shares  and/or  other  intangibles.  Table  3  lists  states 
that  do  not  tax  intangible  personal  property.  Table  4  gives  the  tax 
treatment  of  tangible  personal  property  of  the  financial  institutions  and 
points  out  the  states  that  do  not  tax  personal  property. 

The  tables  do  not  cover  real  property  taxes  since  the  old  Federal 
restrictions  did  not  limit  state  taxation  of  real  property.  In  reviewing 

W-3 


-4- 


the  states'  property  tax  laws,  we  found  no  special  exemptions  for  financial 
institutions  with  regard  to  real  property. 

Table  2.  This  table  shows  the  tax  status  of  bank  shares  and  deposits. 
From  the  information  in  the  State  Tax  Reporters  it  was  not  always  clear 
whether  the  institution  or  the  shareholder  pays  the  tax.  In  some  cases, 
state  laws  may  require  the  institutions  to  pay  the  tax  on  shares  of 
nonresidents  and  the  institutions  may  pay  the  tax  for  residents  as  well. 
Table  4.  In  some  states  the  exemption  of  tangible  personal  property  for 
banks  does  not  extend  to  property  the  banks  lease  to  others.  The  table 
has  not  been  noted  as  to  when  this  condition  applies. 
Credit  Unions.  The  institutions  were  not  always  Identifiable  in  the  tax 
laws.  The  tax  status  shown  for  some  states  is  based  on  judgment  concerning 
the  Implications  of  certain  definitions  or  certain  provisions.  In  addition, 
we  used  another  source  other  than  CCH  State  Tax  Reporters  which  we  felt 
was  reliable.  The  alternate  source  was  a  tax  summary  published  by  Credit 
Union  National  Association,  Inc. 

Current  Federal  Restrictions.  Federal  law  presently  requires  that  the 
states  and  local  governments  tax  Federal  savings  and  loan  associations 
at  no  higher  rate  than  they  tax  state  associations.  Federal  law  prohibits 
the  taxation  of  Federal  credit  unions  except  on  their  real  and  tangible 
personal  property. 

Rates.  Tax  rates  have  been  expressed  as  concisely  as  possible  and  not 
necessarily  as  quoted  in  the  law.  For  example,  a  rate  of  one  dollar  per 
one  thousand  dollars  is  shown  as  one  mill. 


North  Carolina  Department  of  Revenue 

Tax  Research  Division 

March  15,  1984 


V/-4- 


II  I  I 

I     § 


APPENDIX  X 


I  I 


Ij 


I  I 


III 


h 
u 

Is 
3 


^1-     IE 


33     If!    I| 


I 


is 


>i  I 


3ll     »|     t         I 
I 


III 


I 

§ 


«^ 


flfifl 


lal  * 


&&&     &&& 


.a    I 


&&a     &&& 


'I 


Jill   I   -p    i   -p    I   *p   5   *P   1   -P    I   -P    i   -P   ^    "P   *  -"p   i    *t 

^pSrao       SmcoG      5«ojB      J  x>  to  5      ^meiB      ^  n  en  B       |  »  m  B      rj  A  n  B      o  »  m  B      on«G      |  ">  "  « 

X-! 


s 


,1 


.»  ^         S»        3^        S 


Is 


«  ?3^    ;  J=  ;        S:      il      !  -8 


ill   »-l?        5      11     sj    1       II! 


3| 

Is 
a  !l^     -:,"5?  1         :?       la       -  Isl  -I 

I 

I  ir'  ll'i         1       ^^     si     ^'1       ""^  ^3 


So"'     13    e  i  5|  .-I  Is  Z.^ 


^      3:11  1:11         :      IH   H     H      I'h        '< 
^1     :      !itlll       f      Hi   ^'     I!      m       P 

8S  ^  *      Sh     ^.rttio  3  Sm-a         ass         a|  _»?fc'b  Ss 


66 


^3ll  i      i       Fi  !...  L.a   IP   ||l  a...  |..«   ill 
li        f  «      «      £      «  !      i 


3  I 


3|^  ^^-Sa  _^5 

S  CO  tOi-Of^  tsH 

5  .1  i  S  I        ^ 


^     Is^S       i!a<9ja  ^^&       &&&       &&&       &&&  &&&&     fr' 


isl      .^  r^  4  je  >«•  «  »  5  J6  II 


i 


18  3„:b  |„:8  |„:8  |„:b  |«:8  |„:b  |„;:b  |„ 


,8      S<n«8 


:a 


r-"  r 


X-2 


l^j  Cne-fi  ^He.  ^S.H  &&&  &&&  &&&  &&&  III  &&&        i  II  I 


as 


lis 
]ii 
|i! 

1-3  3§ 


Is 

tl 


11 


■sl3 


III 


99 

•« 

3. 

IS 


I  L 


E  H 


31 

H 

i! 


lit  ij 

Hill 


J^: 


■898 

3 


ml ' 


I  JO «;     a 


I   ii'iyi 


u 


8i- 


II 


u\ 


3      -a 


*** 


III  !.„  L,.   ill  |ii  ijjj  i„^.  5 


a  4S      ^^&      1&& 


I      I      i 


,&     ^uti     &a&     tilia 


JS)S 


III 


el 


BI  e  I& 

a^l     e.^A      lii&      &&&    ^s 


3         I        ^ 


.«coe   :«„B  |««e  |««b  j«<,8  |-«8   j««b  |. 


I 
.         I.I. 

;e     f-;:B  i„::8 


X-3 


II 


if 
In 

•i  9. 

k 

Hi    "Ii 

III 


h 

as 


^5 

III 

liitii  m 

^^ll&5    lis 

1 


Ii 


||3 


3  ^  ^  fi-oal       aitSii 

gas    -rsiii  I-?! 


»s 


Itlll 


1   ! 


111 


""3S 


-  -     SI 

nasi  Ii3 


II 
ii 


I'll  I 

^!ff  I 

ll     I 

il^!  I 

1111    I 


Ii 

! 


I  |§^ 


S   ~    £    H 

lais 


i!  ' 


??  iL 


&    Y 


^ 


!..«    i!i   Iff  i 


i      i      I 


I « 


III     aa&     ,., 


I 
3 


.&  &&&  e<EH  A 


*  I 


Jit 


ill         ^L 


a 

I.I.I. 

|««8  t.tn  |Jg  |Je  |Jb 

X-4 


n 


h 


-"  .3 

n  MO 

|S8 


11  ^       :|     nil 


ill-  3| 


III  Lis    ?5  fit 


■3-3 


^%il   ill  i       h.l    i 


3 II  ; 


Afl  fi        (-&& 


If 


11 

9  2     <a  ^  a    a 


,«e 


x-5 


APPENDIX   Y 


^a 


!  k 
ij 

i|  ifif 

I  till 


« 

^1 

Is 

I* 

li 


3£l 


II 


ill    fflflfl     flflfl     ^Hfl     Iflfl  dflfl     ^a^     Htm     HUH     ^^fl     a^ 


n\ 


flfl       ^fl       aa       II     flfl       II       li 


II 


lA       la 


II       I 


5  2  I 

I         I  .1 


«a«o     o«„g    |„„B    g«»B  |«co8    |«<»B    |«„6    |„<„B    |„„B    :„„8 


Y-1 


ii  ipli 

I-    k\  ',  ft 

■a  p  £  imaC     is 

il  it  ill 


9 II 

I!  • 


AH     AM     am     ^ai     ojtc     flan  •.•.<.         a«a     «a«    eita    aao 


II 


ill        ^a  |fi 


IS  ^,9 


II     I 


S  I 


^1 

8J 


.A       fi£S    A 


s         s 


,      1,1  I  ,         .1 

"I  |„:8  l^tz  i„tn  t„tn  i-i^e  |„*6|«^B     |„::b  |„::g  L^b|„;: 


Y-2 


APPENDIX  AA 


TABLE  3.  STATES  NOT  TAXHIG  IHTABGIBLE  PEBSONAL  PRO 


Alaska 

Arizona 

Azkansas 

Callfoxnla 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

Hawaii 

Idaho 

Illinois 


New  Mexico 
New  York 
North  Dakota 
Oklahoma 
Oregon 

Bhode  Island 
South  Carolina 
South  Dakota 
Texas 
Utah 


Iowa 

Maine 

Massachusetts 

Minnesota 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey 


Vennont 

Virginia 

Vashln^on 

Wisconsin 

Vjomiag 


Note:  The  above  states  exempt  intan^bles  from  the 
property  tax  or  tax  only  selected  intan^bles 
under  another  type  of  tax  auch  as  franchise 
or  bankshares. 


AA-l 


IKBIB  4.    TAXATION  OF  XANGIBLB  PEH30JJAL  PEDPERTY  OF  BANKS,                        'ftuca.bl< 

SAVINGS  AND  LOAN  ASSOCUTIONS  AND  CSEDlt  UHIOBS 

Exempt 

Tanslble 

personal  proaertv 

State 

Mnk« 

Savings  and  Loans 

Credit  Unions 

Alabama 

T 

T 

Ex 

Alaska 

T 

T 

T 

ArlBona 

T 

T 

T 

Arkansas 

T 

T 

Bz 

California 

Ex 

Sx 

Sx 

Colorado 

T 

T 

Bx 

Connecticut 

T 

T 

T 

Delaware 

Ho  personal  property 

tax 

Florida 

T 

T 

T 

Georgia 

T 

T 

T 

Havaii 

No  personal  property 

tax 

Idaho 

T 

T 

ibc 

Illinois 

No  personal  property 

tax 

Ez 

T 

T 

Iowa 

T 

T 

T 

Kansas 

T 

T 

T 

Kentucky 

T 

Ex 

Ex 

Louiaiana 

Ex 

T 

Ez 

Maine 

T 

T 

T 

Maryland 

Ex 

Ex 

Ez 

Massachusetts 

Ex 

Mo 

reference 

Ez 

Michigan 

Ex 

Ex 

Ex 

Minnesota 

Ex 

Bx 

Bz 

Mississippi 

T 

T 

T 

Missouri 

Ex 

T 

T 

Montana 

T 

T 

T 

Nebraska 

T 

T 

T 

Nevada 

Ex 

T 

T 

New  Hampshire 

Ex 

Ex 

Bx 

New  Jersey 

T 

Ex 

T 

New  MpxIco 

T 

T 

T 

New  York 

No  : 

personal  property 

tax 

North  Coi-ollna 

T 

T 

T 

North  Dakota 

T 

T 

T 

Ohio 

Ez 

Ex 

T 

Oklahoma 

Ex 

T 

Bx 
T 

Oregon 

T 

T 

Pennsylvania 

No  personal  property 

tax 

Ex 
No    reference 

Rhode  Island 
South  Carolina 

T 
Ex 

T 
Ex 

South  Dakota 

No 

personal  property 

tax 

T 

No.    reference 

T 

T 

Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah 
Vermont 

T 
Ex 
T 
T 

T 
T 
T 
T 

Virginia 
Washington 

T 

T 

T 
T 
T 
T 
T 

T 
T 
T 

West  Virginia 

T 

T 

Wisconsin 
Wyoming 

T 
T 

T 

1       taxable 

50 

34 

26 

exempt 

20 

15 

20 

no  reference 

— 

1 

2 

AA-2 


APPENDIX  BB  yS^yfc  .  XJ.*.;..^^  '  ^ 

ANALYSES  OF  PROPOSALS  TO  REPEAL  OR  MODIFY  THE  INTANGIBLES  TAX 

The  CoflinUtee's  request  asked  for  two  malyses  pertaining  to  the 
Intangibles  tax: 

1)  the  effect  on  state  tax  revenues  arising  from  complete  repeal 
of  the  Intangibles  tax  and 

2)  the  effect  of  repealing  only  the  tax  applying  to  money  on 
deposit 

The  second  of  the  two  proposals  Is  quite  limited  In  Its  scope 
and  easiest  to  evaluate.    The  net  decrease  In  revenue  would  be  about 
12.3  million  dollars  which  Is  the  amount  of  tax  paid  on  such  deposits 
by  all  taxpayers  Including  corporations,  less  the  tax  credits  allowed 
to  corporations  on  their  franchise  taxes. 

Individuals  now  pay  the  bulk  of  the  14.7  million  dollars  collected 
on  such  deposits  and  corporations  having  sufficient  franchise  tax  lia- 
bility receive  a  complete  offset  for  the  tax  by  way  of  reduction  of 
their  franchise  tax.     Due  to  the  credit,  the  tax  on  money  on  deposit 
has  practically  no  Impact  on  corporations,  and  thus  location  decisions, 
I.e.,  Industrial  development,  would  be  unaffected  by  such  a  change. 
Individuals  throughout  the  State  would  benefit  by  not  having  their 
accounts  at  banks  charged  with  the  amount  of  their  Intangibles  tax. 

The  revenue  loss  for  local  governments  would  be  felt  evenly  on 
a  per  capita  basis,  since  the  tax  collected  on  this  particular  type 
of  property  is  distributed  on  a  per  capita  basis  rather  than  according 
to  the  county  from  which  collected.     The  tax  rate  on  this  property 
is  the  lower  of  the  two  rates  applying  under  the  intangibles  tax.     It 
Is  doubtful  that  retired  persons  would  regard  removal  of  the  10^  per 
$100  as  sufficient  relief  to  change  their  views  about  the  tax  they 
regard  as  so  burdensome.     Well-to-do  retirees  contemplating  a  move 


1-1 


-z- 
to  North  Carolina  Mould  be  more  concerned  with  the  ZSt  rate  Imposed 
o.n  stocks  and  bonds.     In  brief »  no  significant  nan  revenues  would 
likely  be  generated  from  repeal  of  the  tax  on  deposits.     State  Income 
tax  revenue  would  Increase  through  the  lesser  Itenlzed  deduction  taken 
taf  taxpayers  who  claim  intangibles  tax  as  a  personal  deduction. 

Outright  repeal  of  the  Intangibles  i«x  Is  a  much  more  serious 
proposal  measured  In  terms  of  lost  revenue.     Intangibles  tax  revenues 
amounting  to  $60,616,000  were  collected  in  fiscal  year  1982-83.     Local 
govemnents  received  93.3  percent  of  this  revenue  and  the  state  retained 
the  balance  to  cover  the  following: 

!)  the  tax  credits  allowed  to  corporations  on  their  franchise 
tax  liabilities  for  the  Intangibles  tax  paid  on  their  bank 
deposits 

2)  cost  of  collecting  the  tax 

3)  operating  cost  of  the  Ad  Valorem  Tax  Division  and  the  Property 
Tax  Comnlssion 

4)  expenses  of  the  Property  Tax  Study  Comal ttee 

Our  discussion  of  full  repeal  is  divided  Into  three  parts  with 
one  part  divided  Into  two  separate  sections.    Our  analysis  covers  the 
burden  of  the  tax  and  the  corresponding  relief  upon  removal  of  the 
tax,  the  impact  on  local  goverrments,  and  comments  on  the  State's 
Industrial  development  and  on  In-migration  of  retirees.     Following 
these  three  parts  are  a  few  brief  concluding  remarks. 

The  Burden  of  the  Tax  and  the  Relief  Afforded  by  Repeal 
The  bulk  of  the  intangibles  tax  burden  falls  on  individuals. 
About  65  percent  of  the  tax  is  paid  by  individuals  who  file  singly. 
Jointly,  or  as  partners.    Their  tax  liabilities  arise  mainly  from  their 
holdings  of  shares  of  stock  and  their  deposits  in  banks. 


-3- 

Corporatlons  pay  their  Intangibles  tax  principally  on  accounts 
receivable  and  evidences  of  debt.     Shares  of  stock  and  money  on  hand 
are  the  next  most  Important  types  of  property  on  which  corporations 
pay  the  Intangibles  tax. 

Both  individuals  and  corporations  can  claim  their  intangibles 
tax  as  a  deduction  in  computing  state  and  federal  Income  taxes.    For 
Individuals  in  the  highest  state  and  federal  tax  brackets,  their  Income 
taxes  could  be  reduced  by  more  than  50  percent  of  the  amotint  of  1  n- 
tangibles  tax  paid  if  they  Itemize  personal  deductions.     Corporations 
paying  the  highest  federal  rate  of  46  percent  and  the  state  6  Percent 
rate  would  reduce  their  Income  taxes  by  about  49  percent  of  the 
deduction. 

Excluding  those  who  pay  tax  only  on  deposits,  approximately  145,000 
individuals  pay  intangibles  tax  and  about  26,000  corporations,  other 
than  banks,  pay  the  Intangibles  tax.    The  remaining  taxpayers  filing 
returns  are  primarily  fiduciaries,  either  bank  or  non-bank. 

The  average  amount  of  tax  paid  by  individuals  filing  singly  or 
jointly  was  about  $200  per  return  for  fiscal  year  1982-83.     The  average 
amount  paid  on  partnership  returns  was  more  than  double  this  amount, 
but  we  have  no  count  of  the  nunber  of  partners  represented  by  those 
returns  and  thus  cannot  compute  the  tax  per  individual. 

The  average  amount  of  tax  paid  by  corporations  was  about  $545 
for  fiscal  year  1982-83,  and  thus  corporations  paid  about  14  million 
dollars  in  Intangibles  taxes  on  returns.     In  comparison,  corporation 
income  taxes  amounted  to  306  million  dollars  and  franchise  taxes  on 
business  corporations  (excludes  public  service  companies)  were  70 
million  dollars.     The  Intangibles  tax  paid  by  corporations  was  less 
than  0.3%  of  their  net  taxable  income. 


J- 3 


Admittedly  these  averages  do  not  disclose  the  distribution  of 
the  tax  burden  and  shed  no  light  on  the  ni^bars  of  Individuals  who 
may  be  paying  substantial  amounts  of  tax  or  the  nunbers  of  corporations 
paying  large  amounts  of  tax  on  their  receivables.    The  available  data 
Indicate  the  total  amounts  of  tax  paid  by  type  of  property;  the  data 
do  not  show  how  many  taxpayers  paid  tax  on  each  type  of  property.     For 
this  reason  the  relief  afforded  by  repeal  can  be  described  best  In 
terms  of  types  of  property.     Corporate  businesses  would  be  relieved 
of  tax  of  about  7.5  million  dollars  on  accounts  re<%1vab1e.  and  about 
3.7  million  dollars  of  tax  on  their  money  on  hand  and  their  evidences 
of  debt.     Further  relief  amounting  to  about  1.6  million  dollars  would 
be  realized  by  not  paying  tax  on  their  holdings  of  shares  of  stock. 
However,  those  corporations  making  a  profit  arK!  Incwring  state  and 
federal  income  tax  liabilities  would  experience  some  increase  in  income 
taxes,  both  state  and  federal,  due  to  loss  of  the  deduction. 

For  individuals,  the  tax  relief  would  be  related  to  their  investments 
in  stocks  and  bonds  and  their  deposits  in  banks.     Individuals  paid 
over  20  million  dollars  on  their  stocks  and  bonds  alone  in  1982-83. 
Repeal  of  the  tax  for  these  individuals  would  reeaove  a  particularly 
distasteful  levy  imposed  on  them  by  their  state  government.     However, 
many  of  the  taxpayers  expressing  their  dissatisfaction  in  correspondence 
with  the  Department  of  Revenue  are  apparently  unawarte  that  the  revenue 
goes  largely  to  the  local  goverrenents  and  is  not  a  significant  source 
of  revenue  for  the  state. 

Impact  on  Local  Governments 
The  local  goverrmients  received  51.3  million  dollars  from  the 
intangibles  tax  distribution  made  in  fiscal  year  1982-83.     When 


-5- 

related  to  total  property  tax  levies,  local  sales  tax,  and  amounts 
received  from  shared  taxes,  the  Intangibles  tax  revenue  distributed 
in  fiscal  year  1982-83  was  3  percent  of  their  total  revenues.     If  the 
Intangibles  tax  revenue  Is  related  to  the  property  tax  levies  only, 
it  would  be  equal  to  about  4i  percent  for  both  the  counties  and  the 
cities. 

The  Importance  of  the  Intangibles  tax  varies  significantly  between 
particular  counties  and  to  a  lesser  degree  between  cities.     In  counties 
with  large  property  tax  bases,  the  intangibles  tax  is  less  Important 
percentagewise  as  a  source  of  revenue.     For  small  counties  with  low 
personal  income  levels  and  fewer  affluent  residents,  the  tax  is  similarly 
less  Important. 

Certain  counties  that  have  large  numbers  of  retired  persons  realize 
significant  revenue  from  the  intagibles  tax.     Moore  County  derives 
revenue  equal  to  11  percent  of  its  property  tax  levies;  Henderson 
County  receives  an  amount  equal  to  about  12  percent  of  its  property 
tax  levies.     Polk  County's  ratio  is  over  27  percent,  making  it  the 
highest  county  in  percentage  of  revenue  derived  from  the  intangibles 
tax. 

The  towns  and  cities  located  in  counties  with  relatively  large 
Intangibles  tax  revenue  also  benefit  since  the  counties  share  the 
revenue  with  their  cities.     For  example,  small  towns  in  Moore, 
Henderson,  and  Polk  Counties  gain  more  revenue  per  capita  from  the 
intangibles  tax  than  cities  in  larger  counties,  such  as  Mecklenburg, 
Wake,  Durham,  etc. 

Local  governments  would  probably  need  to  replace  the  lost  revenue 
after  repeal  of  the  intangibles  tax.     If  repeal  was  accompanied  by 
provisions  for  state  aid,  there  would  be  no  need  for  raising  local 
taxes  unless  the  distribution  of  the  aid  did  not  reasonably  conform 
to  the  present  distribution  of  the  intangibles  tax  revenue. 
BB-5 


If  there  is  no  satisfactory  state  aid  and  local  property  taxes 
are  selected  as  the  source  of  replacenent  revenise,  based  on  1982-83 
fiscal  year  data,  county  rate  Increases  would  average  about  4 J  percent 
with  practically  all  counties  falling  within  a  range  of  2  to  6  parcent. 
Variation  in  city  rate  changes  would  probably  be  somewhat  greater. 

Industrial  Development  and  In-Migration  of  Retired  Persons 
It  seems  reasonable  to  conclude  that  certain  Industrial  prospects 
and  retired  persons  would  respond  favorably  to  repeal  by  North  Carolina 
of  a  tax  which  they  perceive  to  be  burdensome  and  also  avoidable  by 
locating  in  another  state.    To  measure  the  real  response  to  repeal 
is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  because  there  are  no  data  available 
to  show  how  many  new  plants  were  lost  in  the  past  or  how  many  individuals 
chose  another  state  over  North  Carolina  solely  because  of  the  presence 
of  the  intangibles  tax.     If  such  data  were  available,  possibly  some 
realistic  estimates  might  be  prepared  so  that  a  comparison  of  estimated 
new  revenues  against  lost  intangibles  tax  revenues  could  be  made  to 
help  weigh  the  merits  of  the  proposal  to  repeal  the  tax.     Despite  the 
lack  of  specific  data,  an  analysis  of  certain  aspects  may  be  helpful 
in  evaluating  the  proposal. 

Industrial  Develoianent.     Clearly  a  manufacturer  looking  at  our 
state  would  soon  become  aware  of  the  intangibles  tax  and  react  negatively 
if  he  saw  the  tax  as  a  real  burden  for  his  business.     Even  though  we 
cannot  say  what  the  prospect's  perception  of  the  burden  will  be,  we 
can  try  to  determine  how  burdensome  the  tax  is  on  our  existing  manu- 
facturing industry.     A  sample  of  large  manufacturing  companies  in  North 
Carolina  shows  their  intangibles  tax  liabilities  to  be  less  than  0.1 
of  1  percent  of  their  net  income  before  tax.     If  smaller  manufacturing 
companies  have  similar  proportional  liabilities,  it  seems  doubtful 


-7- 

that  industrial  location  decisions  would  hinge  on  this  level  of  relative 
tax  liability.    Our  industrial  development  program,  though  not  limited 
to  seeking  manufacturing  plants,  does  emphasize  manufacturing  and 
repeal  would  have  to  Influence  this  category  of  development  to  achieve 
substantial  gains  in  State  General  Fund  revenues. 

Apart  from  manufacturing,  there  is  another  area  of  ecoromic 
expansion  the  state  seeks— headquarters  locations  of  large  manufacturing 
companies  and  also  of  financial  institutions  or  companies,  such  as 
insurance  and  mortgage  companies.     Such  large  scale  administrative 
or  white  collar  operations  may  indeed  be  avoiding  our  state  because 
of  the  intangibles  tax,  but  the  total  tax  revenue  generated  by  these 
office  operations  is  not  comparable  to  that  flowing  from  a  manufacturing 
plant  with  the  same  nunber  of  employees. 

To  what  extent  would  our  Industrial  development  program  have  to 
increase  manufacturing  employment  to  recover  the  lost  intangibles  tax 
revenue?    Using  our  1982-83  tax  data  from  corporate  income  and  franchise 
tax  returns  and  insured  employment  data  from  the  Employment  Security 
Commission,  it  is  estimated  that  about  13,000  new  jobs  would  have  to 
be  added  in  one  year  to  replace  the  annual  Intangibles  tax  revenue 
paid  by  corporations  alone.    To  replace  all  the  lost  revenue  through 
increased  industrial  development  would  require  more  than  four  times 
this  nimber  of  new  manufacturing  jobs.     The  average  number  of  new  jobs 
created  annually  over  the  past  ten  years  through  new  plants  and  expansion 
of  existing  plants  has  been  about  26,500. 

The  13,000  figure  is  based  on  rough  estimates  of  the  following 
taxes  paid  to  the  state  by  the  compar\y  and  its  employees:     Income 
taxes,  franchise  taxes,  and  sales  taxes.    Other  taxes  were  omitted 
and  no  adjustment  was  made  to  compensate  for  low  or  no  income  tax 


~8- 

payments  by  corporations  during  the  start-up  pertod  or  early  years 
of  operations. 

Retired  Persons.     In  addition  to  stimulating  industrial  development, 
it  has  been  suggested  that  1n-ro1grat1o?i  of  retired  persons  would  accelerate 
follcMing  repeal  and  thereby  add  n^  revenues  which  would  help  avoid 
tax  Increases.     Census  data  from  the  1980  Census  Indicate  that 
approximately  26.680  persons  over  65  residing  In  Ndrth  Carolina  In 
1980  were  living  in  another  state  in  1975.     If  this  figure  represents 
the  rate  at  which  retirees  are  now  moving  Into  our  state,  we  are  now 
experiencing  an  annual  in-mlgratlon  of  about  3,300  retirees  over  65. 
This  In-migratlon  consists  mainly  of  couples  rather  than  single 
individuals  and  reflects  about  3,000  new  households  annually. 
Whatever  Influx  of  retirees  one  may  expect  from  repeal.  It  would  have 
to  be  evaluated  by  reference  to  the  estimated  current  1n-m1grat1on 
to  make  some  Judgment  about  revenua  effects. 

Without  question,  retired  persons  coming  from  other  states  where 
they  have  paid  no  Intangibles  tax,  find  our  tax  objectionable.    And 
they  tell  their  friends  back  home  about  the  tax.    This  word-of-raouth 
network  would  have  to  serve  as  a  posltve  factor  to  swell  the  tide  If 
repeal  became  a  fact  and  our  new  citizens  would  have  to  argue  per- 
suasively to  get  old  friends  to  join  them  here  In  large  nunbers. 

What  would  happen  if  the  in-migratlon  doubled?    Three  thousand 
new  households  would  bring  in  additional  state  sales  tax  revenue, 
income  tax,  cigarette,  alcoholic  beverage  and  soft  drink  taxes.     The 
estimated  range  of  state  revenue  from  these  new  households  could  be 
from  4  to  5  million  dollars^     If  these  estimates  represent  reasonable 
expectations,  obviously  repeal  would  have  to  bring  about  a  much  greater 
level  of  in-migration  than  the  5  to  6  thousand  we  now  have  coming  in 


-9- 

each  year.     To  sustain  a  much  higher  in-mlgration,  the  actual  nijnber 
of  persons  outside  North  Carolina  who  will  be  retiring  each  year  over 
the  next  several  years  would  have  to  grow  significantly  and/or  the 
inclination  of  retired  persons  (in  the    populous  northern  states)  to 
move  south  would  have  to  change  markedly.    The  decision  of  a  retiree 
to  relocate  would  seemingly  be  dependent  upon  several  factors,  not 
just  tax  climate. 

Concluding  Remarks 

From  the  foregoing  analyses  it  is  clear  that  replacement  revenues 
would  be  required.     Local  revenues  from  new  Industry  and  retirees  would 
not  be  distributed  evenly  around  the  state  to  offset  local  losses  of 
intangibles  tax  revenues.     State  revenues  sufficient  to  replace  the 
intangibles  tax  would  not  likely  be  developed  in  a  short  time,  and 
it  is  questionable  whether  or  not  repeal  would  have  the  necessary 
dramatic  effect  on  industrial  development  or  on  in-niigration  of 
retirees  to  develop  large  additional  state  revenues. 

Intangibles  taxes  do  not  appear  to  be  a  serious  burden  on  industry. 
With  regard  to  individuals,  the  tax  is  perceived  by  retirees  as  a  sig- 
nificant burden  which  is  inequitable.     Repeal  could  have  a  favorable 
effect  on  retirees'  decisions  to  locate  In  North  Carolina.     However, 
North  Carolina's  personal  income  tax  may  be  an  equally  discouraging 
factor  for  tax-sensitive  senior  citizens.     Other  southern  states  with 
which  we  compete  have  somewhat  less  burdensome  personal  income  taxes. 

North  Carolina's  present  industrial  development  program  is 
attracting  new  plants  from  northeastern  and  midwestern  states  that 
do  not  have  intangibles  taxes.     At  the  same  time  we  are  competing 
successfully  with  some  southern  states  that  do  have  intangibles  taxes. 


-10- 

The  question  of  equity  arises  whenever  a  particular  tax  Is  to 
be  removed  end  the  possibility  is  considered  of  either  imposing  new 
taxes  or  raising  rates  on  existing  taxes.    U111  repeal  make  our  state's 
tax  structure  more  or  less  equitable,  or  in  fact  be  neutral?    The  Indi- 
vidual's answer  to  this  question  may  be  a  decisive  factor  In  determining 
his  personal  position  on  repeal. 


North  Carolina  Department  of  Revenue 
Tax  Research  Division 
March  15.  1984 


^ 


1-10 


OSZAR »